Quarterlytics / Industrials / Electrical Equipment & Parts / Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.

Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.

optt · AMEX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker optt
Exchange AMEX
Sector Industrials
Industry Electrical Equipment & Parts
Employees 43
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ABOVE

OPT’s PB3 PowerBuoy® on display in 
Montrose, Scotland, for a Technology  
Day event that drew more than  
100 oil and gas industry representatives.

LEFT

OPT’s PB3 PowerBuoy® deployed in  
Premier Oil’s Huntington field in  
the central North Sea where it is 
demonstrating its decommissioning  
Exclusion Zone MonitoringTM capabilities.

BELOW

OPT’s PB3 PowerBuoy® deployed in 
the Adriatic Sea to advance Eni’s R&D 
MaREnergy project, aiming to develop, 
deploy and demonstrate suitability of  
wave energy renewable technologies in  
oil and gas operations.

 
 
Dear Fellow Shareholder:

Throughout fiscal year 2019, we believe that Ocean Power Technologies solidified its standing as the world leader in 
wave energy power. As our targeted markets continue to grapple with economic, environmental, and political pressures, 
our solutions have attracted interest around the globe. 

We believe that our commercialization efforts are resonating as offshore oil and gas operators, defense and government 
agencies,  and  research  entities  increasingly  seek  our  ocean-based  solutions  that  are  driven  by  clean  and  reliable 
power sources. This is precisely what we have been working toward and we are ready to help these industries meet 
their challenges. 

In  June  2018,  we  secured  our  first  commercial  order  in  the  offshore  oil  and  gas  decommissioning  market  with 
Premier Oil and successfully deployed a PB3 PowerBuoy® in the North Sea in August 2019. In November 2018, OPT 
successfully deployed a PB3 PowerBuoy® for Eni S.p.A. as a first step toward autonomous underwater vehicle (AUV) 
charging and for nearly a full year the PowerBuoy® has performed flawlessly in the Adriatic Sea.  

These in-water commercial deployments are attracting strong commercial interest and a rising number of requests 
for  proposals  exploring  how  we  can  help  tackle  a  variety  of  deep-water  challenges.  Each  successful  commercial 
deployment of a PowerBuoy® positions OPT to leverage those results with new customers and projects. They also 
present opportunities, such as hosting a Technology Day to present the PB3 PowerBuoy® and related solutions to 
more than 100 invited oil and gas industry representatives in Scotland prior to its deployment in the North Sea.

We also continue to showcase our solutions at conferences and exhibitions, including in Houston at the Offshore 
Technology  Conference  and  the  Innovation  and  the  Digital  Transformation  of  Upstream  Oil  &  Gas  co-hosted  by 
ExxonMobil and Vodafone Global Enterprise, in Norway at the Offshore North Sea Conference, in Maryland at the Navy 
Forum for SBIR/STTR Transition and the U.S. Navy League’s Sea-Air-Space Exposition, and upcoming in November 
2019 in Scotland at the Offshore Decommissioning Conference. 

As validation of our technical expertise and experience, in February 2019 OPT was awarded a Phase 1 contract with the 
United States Navy, allowing our Innovation & Support Services team to begin development of a buoy mooring system 
incorporating fiber optics for the transmission of subsea sensor data to airplanes, ships, and satellites. In April 2019, we 
were awarded an important Gulf of Mexico feasibility study with a leading oil and gas exploration and production company. 
The paid study examined the use of OPT’s products and services in monitoring subsea wells during decommissioning 
activities and we are optimistic that it will lead to further commercial opportunities in the Gulf of Mexico. 

OPT also entered into several business development agreements in fiscal year 2019. In January 2019, we entered a 
non-exclusive agreement to pursue mutual opportunities through joint system solution development and marketing 
with Saab Seaeye Ltd, the world’s largest manufacturer of electric underwater robotic systems. The agreement has 
a preliminary focus on AUV and remotely operated underwater vehicle (ROV) charging and communications, which 
we believe will be an important part of our customers’ future operations. In April 2019, we announced a non-exclusive 
memorandum of understanding to develop, explore and exploit mutual opportunities in the global oil and gas and 
renewable  markets  with  Acteon  Field  Life  Service  Ltd.,  a  leading  subsea  services  and  solutions  company.  These 
collaborations  are  providing  opportunities  to  market  the  PowerBuoy®  as  an  environmentally  sound  power  source 
integrated into a wide range of applications. 

Responding  to  the  needs  of  customers  we  announced  plans  for  two  new  products  available  for  purchase  in  
2020 —a  Subsea Battery Solution and the hybrid PowerBuoy® —which complement the existing PB3 PowerBuoy®. 
Backed  by  our  existing  Support  Services,  we  believe  that  these  solutions  will  open  new  opportunities  for  OPT. 
Specifically, we believe that these products will allow for faster deployments to support shorter-term projects or can be 
used in conjunction with the PB3 PowerBuoy®. 

The OPT intellectual property portfolio was further strengthened in June 2018 with the receipt of our 65th patent. 
The patent addresses a method of controlling wave power generation equipment to optimize energy harvesting in 
low  to  moderate  sea  states,  represents  an  upgrade  over  earlier  control  system  designs  and  provides  a  significant 
improvement in power management. The technology associated with the patent is an integral part of our PowerBuoy® 
products, allowing us to deliver more energy to our customers’ operations to broaden the range and size of project 
opportunities we can address. 

In January 2019, we announced receipt of $0.9 million of non-dilutive funding through the New Jersey Economic 
Development  Authority’s  Technology  Business  Tax Certificate Transfer  Program. As   in  prior  years, we  sell  our net 
operating losses and research and development tax credits to a third party for cash through this Program, which is an 
important contribution to financing our ongoing technology development efforts.

OPT executed a Common Stock Purchase Agreement with Aspire Capital Fund, LLC in October 2019. This new $10 
million facility will provide our Company with flexible access to funding at a lower cost of capital that translates to more 
funding for value creation. In the Proxy Statement that accompanies this Annual Report, we are requesting your support 
to approve the issuance of additional shares of common stock under the terms of the Agreement. We believe that a 
financing strategy focused on lowering costs by utilizing less dilutive equity can provide working capital on a cost-effective 
basis at a higher value return for OPT to further advance our continued innovation and commercialization programs. 

For the past several years, OPT has been executing an ambitious plan that has included targeted changes in strategy 
and products. Throughout fiscal year 2019 to today, we progressed according to that plan with new orders and customer 
deployments, creating substantial momentum for the remainder of fiscal year 2020. As an example, an important study 
secured in August 2018 with Enel Green Power recently resulted in our first sale of a PB3 PowerBuoy® as part of a 
turn-key project we will deliver in spring 2020 for Enel Green Power Chile.

We are energized by the strides we have made and our position in the largely untapped market of renewable ocean 
power. Going forward, we plan to continue to leverage the momentum of new business, delivery and deployments, 
and the commercial launch of new products to pursue repeat and multiple-unit sales as market adoption continues to 
expand. Starting at the top, the entire OPT team is focused on the responsible growth of our business and delivering 
long-term value for our shareholders as well as our customers.

Sincerely yours,

George H. Kirby 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Terence J. Cryan 
Chairman of the Board

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019

or 

[  ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from 

 to  

  .

Commission File Number 001-33417 

Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

22-2535818
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

28 ENGELHARD DRIVE, SUITE B 
MONROE TOWNSHIP, NJ 08831
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (609) 730-0400 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered
The Nasdaq Capital Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [  ] No [X] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or  Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ] 

No [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) 
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [  ] 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant 
was required to submit such files). Yes [X] No [  ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X] 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller 
reporting  company  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting 
company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer [  ] 

Accelerated filer [  ] 

Non-accelerated filer [  ] 

Smaller reporting company [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [  ] No [X] 

Emerging growth company [  ] 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.[  ] 

The aggregate market value of the common stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates as of October 31, 2018, the last business day 
of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $9.5 million based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common 
stock on that date as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of July 15, 2019 was 5,771,747. 

OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I 
Business .................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1. 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ............................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ..................................................................................................................  
Properties
Item 2. 
..............................................................................................................................................................
Item 3. 
Legal Proceedings ..................................................................................................................................  
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures.........................................................................................................................  

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities ....................................................................................................................................  
Item 6. 
Selected Financial Data ..........................................................................................................................  
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .................  
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ...............................................................  
Item 8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ......................................................................................  
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .................  
Item 9. 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ........................................................................................................................  
Item 9B.  Other Information ...................................................................................................................................  

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .....................................................................  
Item 11.  Executive Compensation ........................................................................................................................  
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters ...................................................................................................................................................  
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .......................................  
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services ................................................................................................  

Page

1 
15 
27 
27 
27 
30 

31 
31 
31 
42 
42 
42 
42 
42 

43 
46 

53 
55 
55 

PART IV 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................................  

56 

PowerBuoy® and the Ocean Power Technologies logo are trademarks of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. All 

other trademarks appearing in this annual report are the property of their respective holders. 

i 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

We have made statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Annual Report”) in, among other sections, 
Item 1 - “Business,” Item 1A - “Risk Factors,” Item 3 - “Legal Proceedings,” and Item 7 - “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  that  are  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking 
statements convey our current expectations or forecasts of future events. Forward-looking statements include statements 
regarding our future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs, plans and objectives of management for 
future  operations.  The  words  “may,”  “continue,”  “estimate,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “will,”  “believe,”  “project,”  “expect,” 
“anticipate” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not 
necessarily mean that a statement is not forward-looking. 

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may turn out to be inaccurate. We have based 
these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that 
we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. They may be 
affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make or unknown risks and uncertainties, including the risks, uncertainties 
and assumptions described in Item 1A - “Risk Factors.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-
looking events and circumstances discussed in this Annual Report may not occur as contemplated and actual results could 
differ materially from those anticipated or implied by the forward-looking statements. 

You should not unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this filing. 
Unless required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect 
new information or future events or otherwise. 

Our fiscal year ends on April 30. References to fiscal 2019 are to the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019. 

Special Note regarding Reverse Stock Split

At the special meeting of our stockholders on March 8, 2019, our stockholders approved a proposal to amend our 
Certificate of Incorporation to affect a reverse split of our common stock at a ratio to be determined by the Company’s 
Board of Directors within a specific range. After the special meeting of stockholders, the Company’s Board of Directors 
convened and decided to initiate the reverse split, chose a ratio, and directed management to take the necessary steps to 
effectuate the reverse split as soon as possible. Pursuant to the direction of the Board, the Company filed a Certificate of 
Amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation to affect a one-for-twenty reverse stock split of our common stock (the 
“Reverse Stock Split”). As of the close of markets on March 11, 2019, the effective date of the Reverse Stock Split, every 
twenty shares of issued and outstanding common stock were combined into one issued and outstanding share of common 
stock, without any change in the par value per share. Any fractional shares in connection with the Reverse Stock Split were 
rounded up to the nearest whole share and no cash payments were made to stockholders in lieu of fractional shares. The 
common stock began trading on a reverse stock split-adjusted basis on the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) on March 12, 
2019. All share and per share data included in this annual report has been retroactively restated to reflect the Reverse Stock 
Split. 

ii 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

PART I

Nearly  70%  of  the  Earth’s  surface  is  covered  by  water,  and  over  40%  of  the  world’s  population  lives  within 
approximately 150 miles of a coast. Thousands of information gathering and/or power systems are deployed in the oceans 
today to increase our understanding of weather, climate change, biological processes, and marine mammal patterns as well 
as supporting exploration and operations for industries such as oil and gas. Most of these systems are powered by battery, 
solar, wind, fuel cell, or fossil fuel generators that may be unreliable and expensive to operate while they also may be 
limited  in  their  ability  to  deliver  ample  electric  power.  These  current  systems  often  necessitate  significant  tradeoffs  in 
sensor accuracy, data processing and communications bandwidth and frequency in order to operate given limited available 
power. More persistent power systems requiring less maintenance, such as our products, may have the ability to save costs 
over these current systems. Equally important are increases in available power may allow for better sensors, faster data 
sampling  and  higher  frequency  communication  intervals  up  to  real-time  which  could  improve  scientific  and  economic 
returns. 

Founded in 1984 and headquartered in Monroe Township, New Jersey, we believe we are the leader in ocean 
wave  power  conversion  technology.  Our  PB3  PowerBuoy®  is  our  first  fully  commercial  product  which  generates 
electricity  by  harnessing  the  renewable  energy  of  ocean  waves.  In  addition  to  our  PB3  PowerBuoy®,  we  continue  to 
develop our PowerBuoy®  product line based on  modular, ocean-going buoys,  which we have been  periodically  ocean 
testing  since  1997.  In  November  2018  the  Company  announced  additional  complementary  products,  the  hybrid 
PowerBuoy®  and  subsea  battery  solutions  which  leverage  our  existing  expertise  in  offshore  power  systems  while 
expanding our product line beyond our flagship PB3 PowerBuoy® offering. 

The PB3 PowerBuoy® generates power for use in remote offshore locations, independent of a conventional power 
grid. It features a unique onboard power take-off (“PTO”) system, which incorporates both energy storage and energy 
management and control systems. The PB3 generates a nominal name-plated capacity rating of up to 3 kilowatts (“kW”) 
of peak power during recharging of the onboard batteries. Power generation is deployment-site dependent whereby average 
power generated can increase substantially at very active sites. Our standard energy storage system (“ESS”) has an energy 
capacity of up to a nominal 150 kilowatt-hours (“kWh”) to meet specific application requirements. We believe there is a 
substantial addressable market for the current capabilities of our PB3, which we believe could be utilized in a variety of 
applications. 

In addition to leveraging earlier design aspects of our autonomous PowerBuoy®, the PB3 has undergone extensive 
factory and in-ocean design validation testing. Currently, our engineering efforts are continuing to expand the PowerBuoy® 
capability with simplified deployment and mooring options and working together with our customer base to ensure flexible 
systems integration and to optimize energy output. Our marketing efforts are focused on applications in remote offshore 
locations that require reliable and persistent power and communications, either by supplying electric power to payloads 
that are integrated directly in or on our PowerBuoy® or located in its vicinity, such as on the seabed and in the water 
column. 

Based on our market research and publicly available data, we believe that numerous markets have a direct need 
for our PowerBuoy® including oil and gas, defense and security, science and research, and communications. Depending 
on payload power requirements, sensor types and other considerations, we have found that our PowerBuoy® could satisfy 
several application requirements within these markets. We believe that the PB3 consistently generates sufficient power to 
meet the requirements of many potential customer applications within our target markets. 

Since fiscal 2002, government agencies have accounted for a significant portion of our revenues. These revenues 
were largely for the support of our development efforts relating to our technology. Today our goal is to generate the majority 
of  our  revenue  from  the  sale or  lease of our  products,  and  sales of  services to  support our business operations. As we 
continue to develop and commercialize our products, we expect to have a net loss of cash from operating activities unless 
and until we achieve positive cash flow from the commercialization of our products and services. During fiscal 2018 we 
continued work on projects with the U.S. Department of Defense (“DOD”), Mitsui Engineering and Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. 
(“MES”), and commenced work with Premier Oil (“PMO”) and Eni S.p.A. (“Eni”). During fiscal 2019 we continued work 
with PMO and Eni and commenced work with Enel Green Power (“EGP”), the U.S. Navy Small Business Innovation 
Research (“U.S. SBIR”) program, and a leading oil & gas operator. 

1 

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of New Jersey in April 1984 and began commercial operations 
in 1994. On April 23, 2007, we reincorporated in Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 28 Engelhard 
Drive, Suite B, Monroe Township, New Jersey 08831, and our telephone number is (609) 730-0400. Our website address 
is www.oceanpowertechnologies.com. We make available free of charge on our website our Annual Reports on Form 10-
K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K  and  all  amendments  to  those  reports  as  soon  as 
reasonably practicable after such material is filed electronically with the SEC. The information on our website is not a part 
of this Annual Report. Our common stock has been listed on Nasdaq since April 24, 2007, and since July 2015, our common 
stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Our fiscal year begins on May 1 and ends on April 30. When we refer 
to a particular fiscal year, we are referring to the fiscal year ending on April 30 of that year. 

Competitive Advantages 

We are commercializing our PB3 PowerBuoy® by targeting customers principally in four markets that require 
reliable and persistent power sources in remote offshore locations (as discussed in further detail below). We believe that 
our  wave  energy  products  and  services,  and  our  existing  commercial  relationships  provide  the  following  competitive 
advantages in our target markets. 

●  Numerous  applications  within  multiple,  major  market  segments.  We  have  designed  our  PB3 
PowerBuoy® to address multiple offshore applications around the world. In particular, we are targeting 
customers with multiple applications within the oil and gas, defense and security, science and research, 
and communications markets. 

●  Considerable  life-cycle  cost  savings  over  current  solutions  for  many  applications.  Our  PB3 
PowerBuoy® is designed to operate over extended intervals between required servicing, compared to 
several current solutions which we found to require more servicing using offshore vessels. We believe 
that our PB3 PowerBuoy® reduces costs over multi-year operations compared with current solutions. 
These cost reductions are mostly due to reduced vessel and personnel servicing activities. 

●  Real-time data communications. Some current solutions with less available power than our PowerBuoy® 
may  have  limited  communication  capabilities  or  may  be  able  to  communicate  data  only  over  shorter 
periods due to power limitations. Some current solutions may only make data accessible upon physical 
retrieval of the sensor. Our PowerBuoy® can be equipped with a variety of communications equipment, 
such as 4G LTE, satellite (VSAT) and Wi-Fi, which enables the transmission of data on a more frequent 
basis. We believe that more frequent data communication could enable an end-user to more quickly and 
proactively make data-driven decisions which could result in economic advantages. 
Increased  power  and  persistence  compared  to  certain  current  solutions.  We  have  found  that  our 
PowerBuoy® may provide substantially increased power and persistence than certain existing battery 
and solar powered systems. We believe that this may allow additional sensors to be employed at the same 
site, a higher sensor data transmission rate to be achieved, extended operation and reduced downtime, 
and  improved  operational  costs  for  the  customer.  Enabling  these  new  capabilities  may  contribute  to 
enhanced operations through real-time decision making and increased life-cycle cost savings. 

● 

●  Standard transportation and deployment. Our PB3 PowerBuoy® does not require special handling or 
transportation, and instead uses conventional transportation and handling methods that are economical 
and readily available in standard marine operations. This may result in lower global transportation and 
deployment  costs  than  current  solutions.  Our  PB3  PowerBuoy®  can  be  deployed  using  conventional 
vessels and conventional marine cranes and lifts. 

●  Modular and scalable designs. Our PB3 PowerBuoy® is designed with a modular ESS which allows us 
to  tailor  its  configuration  to specific  application  requirements,  including  expansion  of energy  storage 
capacity,  potentially  allowing  for  a  more  customized  solution  and  potential  cost  savings  for  our 
customers.  We  believe  that  our  PowerBuoy®  is  scalable  to  higher  power  levels,  and  multiple 
PowerBuoys® may also be installed in an array in order to achieve higher levels of aggregate power, 
although we have not yet demonstrated a PowerBuoy® array. 

●  Flexible electrical, mechanical and communication interfaces for sensors. The PB3 PowerBuoy® can 
be  equipped  with  payloads,  either  mounted  on  or  within  the  PowerBuoy®,  or  tethered  to  the 
PowerBuoy®. The PB3 PowerBuoy® has mechanical and electrical interfaces which allow for simplified 
integration of payloads, creating flexibility for the end-user. 

●  Environmentally  benign  and  aesthetically  non-intrusive  system  design.  We  believe  that  our  PB3 
PowerBuoy® does not present significant risks to marine life, or emit significant levels of pollutants, and 
therefore has minimal environmental impact as compared to some other current solutions. We believe 
there is no significant audible impact and our system does not have a negative effect on marine life, as 
validated by the U.S. Navy and Department of Energy (“DOE”). 

2 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
●  Ocean and factory-tested technology. Our PB3 PowerBuoy® is designed to be durable, with a three-year 
interval between required maintenance activities. The PB3 has survived hurricanes and tropical storms 
during harsh sea conditions. Since 1997 we have conducted ocean tests to demonstrate the viability of 
our technology. In 2011, we conducted multiple ocean tests of the predecessor PB3 PowerBuoy® under 
a contract with the U.S. Navy. More recently, we conducted multiple ocean tests of our current generation 
PB3 PowerBuoy®. Commercial versions of the PB3 have been successfully deployed for MES and Eni. 
The MES PB3 PowerBuoy® performed well in a challenging shallow-water, high-current environment, 
and  achieved  its  performance  and  duration  objectives.  The  Eni  PB3  PowerBuoy®  deployed  in  the 
Adriatic Sea has been in the water for over seven months (as of June 2019) and has generated over one 
megawatt-hour  of  energy.  In  2015,  we  instituted  factory-based  PTO-accelerated  life  testing  which 
simulates continuous operations under extremely harsh conditions. During the 2018 fiscal year, we also 
implemented  additional  features  to  the  PB3  PowerBuoy®  design  to  accommodate  heavy  top-side 
payloads and seafloor-based payloads. Further, we continue to focus on standardizing manufacturing and 
production  testing  procedures  and  to  work  closely  with  our  supply  base  to  ensure  production 
repeatability. 

●  Efficient design in harnessing wave energy. We have designed and validated our PB3 PowerBuoy® for 
maximized  power  generation  in  average  ocean  wave  conditions  through  optimized  mechanical  to 
electrical  wave  energy  conversion.  We  have  designed  the  onboard  ESS  to  provide  several  days  of 
continuous  rated  power  during  periods  of  low  or  no  wave  activity,  depending  on  payload  power 
consumption. The PB3 PowerBuoy® is equipped with a variety of communication capabilities including 
satellite, cellular, and Wi-Fi that are capable of transmitting payload data in real time (e.g., sensors or 
equipment  that  require  power  and  communications  capabilities),  subject  to  the  limits  of  the  service 
provider. 

●  Prior  commercial  relationships  enabled  the  development  of  our  technology.  Our  prior  and  existing 
relationships with the U.S. Navy, DOE, U.S. Department of Homeland Security, MES, Eni and PMO 
have allowed us to develop our PB3 PowerBuoy® for a variety of needs in various industries. We believe 
these relationships have helped position us within the private sector in support of commercialization, 
which we believe enhances our market visibility and attractiveness to our prospective customers. For 
example, in 2011 our PowerBuoy® provided persistent power to an integrated radar and sonar system, 
significantly  extending  the  U.S.  Navy’s  surveillance  range.  We  have  also  demonstrated  persistent 
maritime vessel detection with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security by integrating a hydrophone 
onto  our  PowerBuoy®  and  demonstrating  enhanced  maritime  traffic  detection.  In  each  instance,  the 
resulting  data  have  informed  our  next  round  of  design  iterations  to  improve  critical  operations  and 
reliability. 

Business Strategy 

We  continue  to  commercialize  our  PB3  PowerBuoy®  for  use  in  remote  offshore  power  and  real-time  data 

communications applications. To achieve this goal, we are pursuing the following business objectives: 

●  Sell  and/or  lease  the  PB3  PowerBuoy®.  We  believe  our  PB3  PowerBuoy®  is  well-suited  for  many 
remote offshore applications. We have investigated potential market demand for both PowerBuoy® sales 
and leases within our selected markets, and we intend to sell and lease the PB3 PowerBuoy® to these 
markets. Additionally, we intend to provide services associated with product sales and leases such as 
maintenance, remote monitoring and diagnostic, application engineering, planning, training, and logistics 
support  required  for  the  PB3  PowerBuoy®  life-cycle.  We  continue  to  increase  our  commercial 
capabilities through new hires in marketing, sales, and application support, and through engagement of 
expert market consultants in various geographies. 

●  Expand product offerings by adding new complimentary products that are cost efficient and designed for 
shorter and faster deployments, which will create a system solutions approach for our customers. We 
are  currently  developing  two  new  complementary  products  to  our  PB3  PowerBuoy®,  the  hybrid 
PowerBuoy® and subsea battery solutions. These products build on our existing expertise in offshore 
power systems and are targeted for a near term deployment. The hybrid PowerBuoy® is to be highly 
complementary to the PB3 PowerBuoy® by providing the Company the opportunity to address a broader 
spectrum of customer deployment needs, including low-wave environments, with the potential for greater 
Company integration within each customer project. The hybrid PowerBuoy® is primarily intended for 
shorter term deployment applications such as eROV and AUV inspections and short-term maintenance, 
topside  surveillance  and  communications,  and  subsea  equipment  and  controls. The  subsea  battery 
solutions are expected to offer the possibility of creating a sea floor energy storage solution for remote 
offshore operations. These subsea battery systems will contain lithium ion batteries, which provide high 
power density to supply power that can enable subsea equipment, sensors, communications, AUVs and 
electric  remotely  operated  vehicles  (eROV)  recharge.  Ideal  for  many  remote  offshore  customer 
applications,  these  subsea  battery  systems  are  anticipated  to  be  high  performance,  cost-efficient,  and 
quickly deployable. 

3 

  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
●  Concentrate sales and marketing efforts in specific geographic markets. We are currently focusing our 
marketing efforts on parts of North America, Europe, South America and Asia. We believe that each of 
these  areas  has  sizable  end  market  opportunities,  political  and  economic  stability,  and  high  levels  of 
industrialization and economic development.  

●  Expand our relationships in key market areas through strategic partnerships and collaborations. We 
believe that strategic partners are an important part of commercializing a new product. Partnerships and 
collaborations can be used to improve the development of overall integrated solutions, create new market 
channels,  expand  commercial  know-how  and  geographic  footprint,  and  bolster  our  product  delivery 
capabilities. We believe that offering a turn-key solution, and not just power, is key to securing long term 
success. 

●  Commercial  collaborations.  We  believe  that  an  important  element  of  our  business  strategy  is  to 
collaborate with other organizations to leverage our combined expertise, market presence and access, 
and core competences across key markets. We have formed such a relationship with several well-known 
groups, including Modus Seabed Intervention Ltd. (“Modus”), Saab Seaeye Ltd. (“Saab”), NEC Energy 
Solutions (“NEC”), Acteon Field Life Service Ltd. (“Acteon”), MES, PMO and Eni. We continue to seek 
other opportunities to collaborate with application experts from within our selected markets. 

●  Outsourcing of fabrication, deployment and service support. We outsource all fabrication, anchoring, 
mooring, cabling supply, and in most cases deployment of our PowerBuoy® to minimize our capital 
requirements as we scale our business. Our PTO is a proprietary subsystem and is assembled and tested 
at our facility. We believe this distributed manufacturing and assembly approach enables us to focus on 
our core competencies and ensure a cost-effective product by leveraging a larger more established supply 
base. We also continue to seek strategic partnerships with regard to servicing of our PB3 PowerBuoy®. 
●  PB3  cost  reduction  and  PowerBuoy®  product  development.  Our  engineering  efforts  are  focused  on 
customer application development for PB3 sales, cost reduction of our PB3 PowerBuoy® and improving 
the energy output, reliability, maintenance interval and expected operating life of our PowerBuoy®. We 
continue  to  optimize  manufacturability  of  our  designs  with  a  focus  on  cost  competitiveness,  and  we 
believe we will be able to address new applications by developing new products that increase energy 
output. 

In addition, we are developing complementary products, the hybrid PowerBuoy® and subsea battery solutions 
which leverage our existing expertise in offshore power systems while expanding our product line beyond our flagship 
PB3 PowerBuoy® offering. 

Market Opportunities 

The  National  Oceanographic  and  Atmospheric  Administration  (“NOAA”)  Ocean  Enterprise  Report  for  2016 
estimated that the annual market for what NOAA describes as the “Ocean Enterprise” is $8.5 billion. The report addressed 
for-profit and not-for-profit businesses that support ocean measurement, observation and forecasting. Among the market 
sectors included in the report are oil and gas, defense and security, and science and research. We believe that this report 
addresses only a segment of the potential market opportunities that we are targeting. 

Oil and Gas 

We believe the offshore oil and gas industry is undergoing a significant transformation as it continues to invest in 
new technologies that enable cost savings and the digitization of operations. The industry encompasses more than 10,000 
offshore  sites,  including  exploration,  production,  reservoir  management,  and  sites  pending  decommissioning  based  on 
information from the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement and industry organizations and publications. 
We believe that we have opportunities to implement one or more PB3 PowerBuoys® at a large number of these sites to 
provide power in applications that are not currently possible, or to displace current power solutions. 

Defense and Security 

We believe that our PB3 PowerBuoy® is uniquely positioned to be used to provide power and communications 
for multiple applications within the defense and security markets. The PB3’s ability to power multiple payloads may be an 
attractive feature for these markets, as their systems can be easily integrated into other PowerBuoy® applications allowing 
their operation to be concealed. An example application for domestic and international defense departments and defense 
contractors  includes  forward  deployed  energy  and  communications  outposts  (which  is  a  current  U.S.  Department  of 
Defense program), both above and below sea surface. Other example applications include early detection and warning 
systems, remote sensing stations, high frequency radar, sonar, electro-optical and infrared sensors for maritime security, 
network  communications  systems,  and unmanned underwater  vehicle  docking  stations.  According  to  a  2014  Frost  and 
Sullivan report, market expenditures for global security reached $29.0 billion in 2012 and are projected to reach $56.5 
billion in 2022. Maritime security expenditures were approximately 45% of the global security market. 

4 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Science and Research 

The  science  and  research  market  provides  environmental  intelligence  to  the  entire  ocean  enterprise,  which 
supports  ocean  measurement,  observation  and  forecasting,  and  is  an  important  provider  of  information  to  maritime 
commerce and the entire “blue economy.” Maritime commerce and the scientific community depend on information in 
areas such as meteorology, climate change, ocean currents, and biological processes to inform operations and development. 
These groups often require a power and communications solution in remote offshore locations. According to NOAA’s 
2016 Ocean Enterprise report, the total U.S. available ocean observing market from 2017 through 2021 for ocean-based 
systems infrastructure is projected to be $2.0 billion. 

Communications 

We believe that opportunities also exist in other markets such as communications. The addition of near shore and 
offshore  cellular  and  Wi-Fi  platforms  with  reliable  and  persistent  power  could  open  new  market  opportunities  for 
telecommunications carriers by displacing a portion of the maritime satellite communications market, while potentially 
decreasing communications costs for the marine and offshore oil and gas industries. According to an industry research 
paper  titled  “Prospects  for  Maritime  Satellite  Communications”  in  2015  the  global  maritime  satellite  communications 
market had already reached close to 338,000 terminals, with $1.7 billion in revenue at the satellite communications service 
provider level. The report also noted that the value of the maritime satellite communications market is expected to continue 
to grow over the next decade, with a 10-year compound annual growth rate of 5% in terminals and revenue, primarily due 
to the increasing need for maritime data communications. 

Implementation Strategy 

We have made significant progress in redesigning and validating our commercial-ready PB3 PowerBuoy® for 
use in remote offshore applications. Since 2015, we have brought the PB3 from initial concept to a full-scale design. We 
have  performed  multiple  prototype  iterations.  During  this  time,  we  have  conducted  a  number  of  in-ocean  tests  in 
combination with our facility-based accelerated life testing to validate our commercial-ready PB3 PowerBuoy® and to 
prepare for low rate initial production. In 2017, we relocated our corporate headquarters to Monroe Township, New Jersey. 
We believe that this new facility will allow us to expand our manufacturing capabilities and to move toward higher volume 
PowerBuoy® production. In fiscal 2019 we made progress in marketing our PB3 PowerBuoy®, as evidenced by the volume 
of  proposals  submitted  to  customers  and  requests  for  proposals  from  customers.  In  addition,  during  fiscal  2019  we 
introduced two new products, the hybrid PowerBuoy® and subsea battery solutions with prototypes set for release in Fall 
2019. We have made substantial progress in transitioning from R&D to a commercialization focus with SELL, BUILD, 
SHIP as our motto and we intend to build on our success by implementing processes and solutions that cover the entire life 
cycle, from demand generation to closing the contract, and from channel strategies to customer care. 

Since 2015, we have had initial introductions or meetings with nearly 200 companies and organizations within 
our target markets. A large proportion of these engagements (approximately 75%) were U.S.-based, while the remaining 
engagements  occurred  in  Europe,  Australia,  and  parts  of  Asia  including  Japan.  One-third  of  all  engagements  have 
transitioned from initial introductions to advanced, confidential discussions around specific customer applications. Many 
of these discussions occur at the executive, decision-making level, as well as the implementation level. 

As previously noted, several of these customer application discussions have resulted in requests for proposals. 
Many  proposal  requests  are  for  projects  where  our  PB3  PowerBuoy®  is  part  of  a  larger  solution  demonstration,  and 
typically include the potential lease or sale of one or more PB3 PowerBuoys®, as well as required services and maintenance 
support.  Demonstration  projects  are  a  necessary  step  toward  broad  solution  deployment  and  revenues  associated  with 
specific applications. A proposal phase typically lasts from three months to more than one year. During the demonstration 
project  specification,  negotiation  and  evaluation  period,  we  are  often  subject  to  the  prospective  customer’s  vendor 
qualification process, which entails substantial due diligence of our company and capabilities and may include negotiation 
of standard terms and conditions. Many proposals contain provisions which would mandate the sale or lease of the PB3 
PowerBuoy® upon successful conclusion of the demonstration project. 

We believe this is an accurate depiction of the overall sales cycle for new technology in each of our target markets, 
including the PB3 PowerBuoy®. However, cycle times for each step of the sales cycle will vary depending on several 
customer factors, including, but not limited to, technical evaluation, project priorities, the funding approval process, and 
alignment of new technology integration with the customer’s broader operational strategy. We believe that the resulting 
evidence of potential demand, vis-à-vis specific application proposal requests, are indicative of significant progress in our 
commercialization  strategy.  We  believe  that we  have  the  potential  for  growth  as  a result  of  our  positioning  for  higher 
volume production of our PB3 PowerBuoy® and the initial indications of demand for our PB3 PowerBuoy® in multiple 
customer applications. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Product and Technologies 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  development  and  history  of  our  current  PowerBuoy®  product  and  our 

technologies. 

Wave Energy 

The energy contained in ocean waves is a form of renewable energy that can be harnessed to generate electricity. 
The interaction between the wind and the ocean surface causes energy to be transferred from the wind to the water. At first, 
small waves occur on the ocean surface. As this process continues, the waves become larger and the distance between the 
top of the waves becomes longer. Wave heights, and the amount of kinetic wave energy, depends on wind speed, wind 
duration and the distance covered. The vertical water motion caused by the passage of the waves moves the float component 
of our PowerBuoy®, creating mechanical energy which our proprietary technologies convert into usable electricity. 

We believe that using wave energy for electricity generation has the following potential benefits, compared to 

existing incumbent solutions. 

●  Scalability within a small site area. Due to the dense energy in ocean waves, we believe that multiple 
PowerBuoys®  may  be  aggregated  in  an  array  that  would  occupy  a  reasonably  small  area  to  supply 
electricity to larger payloads. We believe the aggregation of a larger number of PowerBuoys® could 
offer end users a variety of advantages in availability, reliability and scalability. To date, we have not 
deployed  an  array  of  PowerBuoys®  to  test  and  validate  our  hypothesis,  and  we  cannot  assure  that  a 
PowerBuoy® array would generate the energy required to meet the needs of every prospective customer. 
●  Predictability. The generation of power from wave energy can be forecasted several days in advance. 
Available wave energy can be calculated with a high degree of accuracy based on satellite images and 
meteorological  data,  even  when  the  wave  field  is  hundreds  of  miles  away  and  days  from  reaching  a 
PowerBuoy®.  Therefore,  we  believe  end-users  relying  on  PowerBuoys®  for  power  may  be  able  to 
proactively plan their logistics, payload scheduling and other operational activities based on such data 
and proactively, although actual testing has not yet been conducted. 

●  Constant source of energy. The annual occurrence of waves at certain specific sites can be relatively 
constant and defined with relatively high accuracy. Based on our studies and analyses of various sites of 
interest, we believe that we will be able to deploy our PowerBuoys® in locations where the waves could 
produce usable electricity for the majority of the year. 

Methods for generating electricity from wave energy can be divided into two general categories: onshore systems 
and offshore systems. Our PowerBuoys® are the offshore type. Many offshore systems, including our PowerBuoy®, utilize 
a flotation device to harness wave energy. The heaving or pitching of the flotation device due to the force of the waves 
creates mechanical energy, which is converted into electricity by various technologies. Onshore and near shore systems 
are  often  located  on  a  shore  cliff  or  a  breakwater,  or  a  short  distance  at  sea  from  the  shore  line,  and  typically  must 
concentrate the wave energy before using it to drive an electrical generator. Although maintenance costs of onshore systems 
may be less than those associated with offshore systems, we believe there are a variety of disadvantages to the former. As 
waves approach the shore, their energy decreases, therefore, onshore and near shore wave power stations are not capable 
of exploiting the same amount of energy produced by waves in deeper water. In addition, suitable sites for onshore and 
near shore systems are limited and potential environmental and aesthetic issues may impede development of these systems 
due to wave power station size and proximity to communities. 

Our principal product is our PB3 PowerBuoy®, which is designed to generate power for use independent of the 
power grid in remote offshore locations. It consists of a main hull structure loosely moored to the seabed and surrounded 
by a floating buoy-like device that can freely move up and down in response to the passage of the waves. The PTO device 
that includes an electrical generator, a power electronics system, our control system, and our ESS are sealed within the 
hull. As ocean waves pass the PowerBuoy®, the mechanical stroke action created by the rising and falling of the waves is 
converted  into  rotational  mechanical  energy  by  the  PTO,  which  in  turn,  drives  the  electrical  generator.  The  power 
electronics system then conditions the electrical output which is collected within an ESS. The operation of the PowerBuoy® 
is controlled by our customized, proprietary control system. 

The control system uses sensors and an onboard computer to continuously monitor the PowerBuoy® subsystems 
as well as the characteristics of the waves which interact with the PowerBuoy®. The control system collects data from the 
sensors and the payloads and uses proprietary algorithms to electronically adjust the performance of the PowerBuoy®. We 
believe that this ability to optimize and manage the electric power output of the PowerBuoy® is a significant advantage of 
our technology. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
In  the  event  of  large  storm  waves,  the  control  system  automatically  locks  the  PowerBuoy®  and  electricity 
generation is suspended. However, the load center (either the on-board payload or one in the vicinity of the PowerBuoy®) 
may continue to receive power from the on-board ESS. When wave heights return to normal operating conditions, the 
control system automatically unlocks the PowerBuoy® and electricity generation and ESS replenishment recommences. 
This safety feature helps to prevent the PowerBuoy® from being damaged by storms. 

In March 2016, we announced a rebranding of our PowerBuoy® systems as part of our commercialization efforts 
and to closely align our PowerBuoy® products with the perceived best practices of analogous industries based on power 
generation  and  on-board  energy  storage  capabilities.  Under  our  new  naming  conventions,  our  current  PowerBuoy®  is 
referred to as the “PB3,” corresponding to “PowerBuoy® with a nominal name-plated capacity rating of three kilowatts.” 
References to the “APB350” on our website, and in our SEC filings including this Annual Report refers to earlier prototype 
PowerBuoys® containing earlier generation PTOs and other earlier technologies. 

The PB3 has undergone design iterations focused on improving its reliability and survivability in the anticipated 
operating ocean  environment  and  will  continue  to  undergo  further  enhancements  through  customary  product  life  cycle 
management. The PB3-A1 was an initial prototype that has now undergone in-ocean and accelerated life testing, and we 
believe  that  the  PB3  achieved  a  maturity  level  for  use  by  early  adopters  in  fiscal  2017.  We  continue  the  process  of 
commercialization of our product and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts to do so. We believe 
that the PB3 will generate and store sufficient power to address some application requirements in our target markets. Our 
engineering efforts are focused, in part, on increasing the energy output and efficiency of our PowerBuoys® and, if we are 
able  to  do  so,  we  believe  the  PowerBuoy®  would  then  be  useful  for  additional  applications  where  cost  savings  and 
additional power are required by our potential customers. We continue to explore opportunities in these target markets, 
although we have not yet developed any integrated solutions and product offerings in these potential markets. We believe 
that by increasing the energy output of our PowerBuoys® we may be able to address larger segments of our target markets. 
By improving our design and manufacturing, we also seek to reduce the cost of our PowerBuoys® through further design 
iterations and manufacturing ramp-up. In so doing, we seek to improve customer value, displace more incumbent solutions, 
and become a viable power source for additional applications in our target market segments. 

Deployments 

We continue to receive important feedback from in-ocean trial deployments of our PowerBuoys®, as is customary 
in the marine industry for new vessels and products prior to final acceptance by their customers. If we are able to increase 
PowerBuoy® production, we anticipate that the need for in-ocean trials of our mature products will diminish. Deployment 
sites  are  selected  based  on  minimum  ocean  depth,  appropriate  wave  activity  for  power  generation  requirements  of 
associated  deployment  payloads,  and  proximity  to  end-user  operations.  The  PB3  can  be  transported  over  land  to  the 
deployment port using conventional transportation methods. Once at port, the PB3 can be lifted into the water or onboard 
a vessel using a readily available crane of appropriate capacity. The PB3 may then be towed to site using a standard vessel 
(if the location is within an appropriate distance from the port), or the PB3 may be carried aboard a vessel to its offshore 
location and craned into the water at site. The PB3 is then attached to the mooring system, which is installed during a 
separate operation, after which a brief commissioning process places the PB3 into operation. Recent deployments include 
off the coast of Kozushima Island, Japan for MES in April 2017 and in the Adriatic Sea for Eni in November 2018. The 
Company is planning to deploy in August 2019 a PB3 in the Central North Sea for PMO. 

Product  Insurance.  We  currently  have  a  property  loss  and  liability  insurance  policy  underwritten  by  Lloyd’s 

Underwriters that covers the deployment and storage of our PowerBuoys®. 

Site Approval. In the U.S., federal agencies regulate the siting of long-term renewable energy projects and related-
uses located on the outer continental shelf (“OCS”), which is generally more than three miles offshore. OCS projects longer 
than one-year in duration are regulated by the U.S. Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (“BOEM”). For projects located 
within three miles of the U.S. shore regardless of duration, the adjacent state would be responsible for issuing a lease and 
other required authorizations for the location of the project. In either case, an assessment of the potential environmental 
impact of the project would be conducted in addition to other requirements. Generally, the same process applies to foreign 
sites where site approval is contingent on meeting both national and local regulatory and environmental requirements. In 
connection  with  issuing  permits  or  leases  enabling  project  use,  the  respective  government  agency  often  requires  site 
restoration or other activities at the conclusion of the permit or lease period. 

Environmental  Approval  and  Compliance.  We  are  subject  to  various  foreign,  federal,  state  and  local 
environmental protection and health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other things: the generation, storage, 
handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the ground, 
air  or  water;  and  the  health  and  safety  of  our  employees.  In  addition,  in  the  U.S.,  the  construction  and  operation  of 
PowerBuoys® offshore would require permits and approvals from the U.S. Coast Guard, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 
and other governmental authorities. These required permits and approvals evaluate, among other things, whether a project 
is in the public interest and ensure that the project would not create a hazard to navigation. Other foreign and international 
laws may require similar approvals. We provide you with additional information under “Regulation” below. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and Development 

Our team has a broad range of experience in mechanical, electrical, and ocean engineering. We have engaged in 
extensive efforts to develop the PowerBuoy®, improve PowerBuoy® efficiency, reliability and power output, and improve 
manufacturability  while  reducing  cost  and  complexity.  Our  recent  efforts  have  been  focused  on  optimizing  our 
PowerBuoys®  in  order  to  balance  customer  cost  (both  capital  and  operating  expenses)  with  power  output  of  our 
PowerBuoys®. Such efforts include the development of scalable, higher efficiency, lower cost, higher reliability and less 
customized PTO systems, and the use of higher energy density and lower weight energy storage technologies. We continue 
to seek to increase the capabilities of our PowerBuoy® systems by designing flexible interfaces and rendering them sensor 
and payload agnostic. 

We have also focused on the development and implementation of accelerated testing regimens and techniques 
known  as  accelerated  life  testing.  Such  methods  accelerate  failures  in  a  laboratory  environment,  as  compared  to  more 
lengthy and expensive full-scale ocean deployments during normal use and extreme conditions. This testing allows us to 
quantify  the  life  characteristics  of  critical  components  and  subsystems  which  would  normally  require  several  years  of 
operation in ocean conditions to achieve similar levels of wear and tear. Accelerated life testing is used successfully in 
other industries such as automotive and aerospace and is a critical enabler for rapid product and technology development 
and maturation. 

It is our intent to fund the majority of our future research and development expenses with sources of external 
funding,  including  cost  sharing  obligations  under  customer  contracts.  However,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be 
successful in our efforts to secure additional contracts. If we are unable to obtain external funding, we may curtail our 
research and development expenses or reduce the scope of our operations as necessary to lower our operating costs. 

In addition to improving and optimizing our PB3 PowerBuoy® we have spent considerable effort in developing 
two new complementary products, the hybrid PowerBuoy®, and subsea battery solutions. These products build on our 
existing expertise in offshore power systems and are targeted for first deployment in Fall 2019. 

●   hybrid PowerBuoy® - The Company is in the process of creating a hybrid PowerBuoy® that will be a 
smaller liquid-fueled surface buoy, compared to the wave power based PB3 PowerBuoy®, capable of 
providing reliable power in remote offshore locations. This product is to be highly complementary to the 
PB3 PowerBuoy® by providing the Company the opportunity to address a broader spectrum of customer 
deployment needs, with the potential for greater Company integration within each customer project. It is 
primarily intended for shorter term deployment applications such as eROV and AUV inspections and 
short-term maintenance, topside surveillance and communications, and subsea equipment and controls. 
The  hybrid  PowerBuoy®  is  anticipated  to  be  a  lightweight,  quickly  deployable  and  cost-effective 
solution.  The  design  is  also  anticipated  to  have  a  high  payload  capacity  for  communications  and 
surveillance,  with  the  capability  of  being  tethered  to  subsea  payloads  and  battery  packs  or  with  a 
conventional anchor mooring system. The Company intends to design the hybrid PowerBuoy®, with a 
Stirling engine, to outperform traditional diesel buoys, which we believe to have more frequent service 
and refueling intervals. We believe the hybrid PowerBuoy® will be able to operate in an environmentally 
safer manner using more robust fuels, while operating over a wider temperature range than diesel buoys. 
●   Subsea battery solutions - The Company is in the process of creating a sea floor energy storage solution 
for remote offshore operations. These subsea battery systems will contain lithium ion batteries, which 
provide  high  power  density,  to  supply  power  that  can  enable  subsea  equipment,  sensors, 
communications, AUVs and electric remotely operated vehicles (eROV) recharge. The Company’s PB3 
PowerBuoy® is complimentary to subsea battery systems by providing a means for recharging during 
longer  term  deployments,  or  the  subsea  battery  systems  can  be  used  independently  for  shorter  term 
deployments. Ideal for many remote offshore customer applications, these subsea battery systems are 
anticipated  to  be  high  performance,  cost-efficient,  and  quickly  deployable.  Given  the  Company’s 
expertise in offshore energy storage systems from existing PB3 PowerBuoy® technology, the subsea 
battery solutions will provide an opportunity for the Company to differentiate through technical, cost and 
delivery leadership. 

Customers 

Commercial Activities 

We  continue  to  seek  new  strategic  relationships,  and  further  develop  our  existing  partnerships,  with  other 
companies that have developed or are developing in-ocean applications requiring a persistent source of power that is also 
capable of real time data collection, processing and communication, to address potential customer needs. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
The  table  below  shows  the  percentage  of  our  revenue  we  derived  from  significant  customers  for  the  periods 

indicated: 

  Twelve months ended April 30,   

2019 

2018 

Eni S.p.A. ..............................................................................      
Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding ......................................      
Premier Oil UK Limited ........................................................      
Office of Naval Research ......................................................      
Other ......................................................................................      

54 %     
0 %     
33 %     
0 %     
13 %     
100 %     

33 % 
43 % 
10 % 
14 % 
0 % 
100 % 

In  order  to  achieve  success  in  commercializing  our  products,  we  must  expand  our  customer  base  and  obtain 
commercial contracts to lease or sell our PowerBuoy® and related services to customers. Our potential customer base for 
our PowerBuoys® includes various public and private entities, and agencies that require remote offshore power. To date, 
substantially all of our revenue producing contracts have been with a small number of customers under contracts to fund a 
portion of the costs of our operational efforts to develop and improve our technology, validate our product through ocean 
and laboratory testing, and business development activities with potential commercial customers. Our goal in the future is 
that an increased portion of our revenues will be from the lease or sale of our products and related maintenance and other 
services. 

Current Customers 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

In April 2019 we entered into an agreement with a leading oil and gas operator to conduct a detailed 
feasibility study of using the Company’s technology to monitor subsea wells. 
In February 2019, we entered into a contract with the U.S. Navy to carry out the first phase of a project 
to design and develop a buoy mooring system which incorporates fiber optics for the transmission of 
subsea sensor data to airplanes, ships, and satellites. 
In August 2018 we entered into an agreement with EGP to evaluate a PB3 PowerBuoy® deployment 
along  the  coast  of  Chile  through  a  detailed  feasibility  study  of  the  PowerBuoy®  as  an  offshore 
autonomous platform hosting oceanographic sensor systems. 
In June 2018, we entered into a contract with PMO for the lease (for at least three months and a maximum 
of twelve months) of a PB3 PowerBuoy® to be deployed in one of PMO’s offshore fields in the North 
Sea. 
In March 2018, we entered into an agreement with Eni that provides for a minimum 24-month contract 
that includes an 18-month PB3 PowerBuoy® lease and associated project management. 
In September 2016, we entered into a contract with U.S. Department of Defense Office of Naval Research 
(“ONR”) totaling approximately $0.2 million to carry out the first phase of a project which focuses on 
the initial concept design and development of a mass-on-spring PTO-based PowerBuoy® leveraging a 
number of OPT patents covering such a technology. If successful, this device is expected to be able to 
respond to the unique set of requirements expected in various military marine applications. We completed 
the  Phase  2  BASE  Effort  work  under  the  contract  which  focused  on  the  initial  concept  design  and 
development of a mass-on-spring PTO-based PowerBuoy®. The Company is waiting for ONR funding 
of Phase 2, Option 1 to be approved. 

●  We have worked with MES (from 2010 to current) to develop several PowerBuoy® projects in Japan. 
Historically,  our  agreements  with  MES  have  provided  for  MES  to  reimburse  us  for  specific  costs 
associated with research, development and deployment of our PowerBuoy® product. In March 2016, we 
entered into a letter of intent with MES to conduct funded pre-work tasks and to negotiate a definitive 
agreement  that  would  allow  for  the  lease  of  the  PB3  PowerBuoy®  for  a  project  off  the  coast  of 
Kozushima Island, Japan following a planned stage gate review. Stage-gate reviews are used in product 
development to gather key information needed to advance the project to the next gate or decision point. 
This process is a generally accepted industry practice and has been utilized by other customers such as 
the DOE. A final contract totaling nearly $1.0 million was negotiated and finalized with MES in May 
2016 that included engineering and logistics support, and the lease of our PB3 PowerBuoy® for a 7-
month period, its ocean deployment, associated data collection and monitoring of its performance. Upon 
the completion of the engineering pre-work and a successful stage gate review, the PB3 was shipped to 
Japan and was deployed off Kozushima Island from April to September 2017. The MES lease concluded 
in September 2017 and the PB3 was shipped back to New Jersey. 

9 

 
  
  
  
     
  
  
    
       
  
  
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Partnerships 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

In May 2019, we signed a memorandum of understanding with Modus, Ltd. for the purpose of developing 
and  delivering  commercial  market  solutions  that  offer  a  step-change  in  innovation  and  market  value 
against  conventional  methodologies,  specifically  through  development  and  marketing  of  a  combined 
Hybrid  Autonomous  Underwater  Vehicle  (HAUV)  charging  station  which  will  be  able  to  utilize  the 
PowerBuoy® system for topside charging and communications. 
In April 2019, we signed a memorandum of understanding with Acteon to develop, explore and exploit 
mutual opportunities in the global oil and gas and renewable markets. 
In January 2019, we entered into a Joint System Solution Development and Marketing Agreement with 
Saab. The agreement anticipates a preliminary focus on AUV and eROV charging and communications 
systems. 
In December 2018 we signed a letter of intent to enter into a non-exclusive long-term supply agreement 
with  NEC Energy Solutions (“NEC  ES”),  a  pioneer  and global  leader  in  utility scale energy storage. 
Under the terms of the supply agreement, NEC ES will be a supplier of lithium ion batteries for our 
subsea battery systems. 
In December 2016, we entered into a Joint Marketing Agreement with Sonalysts to explore and pursue 
mutual opportunities in defense and oil and gas applications. The agreement includes the exploration and 
assessment of the use of the PB3 as a platform to provide power and communications for these markets. 
In May 2016, we entered into a Memorandum of Agreement (“MOA”) with WCS to explore the use of 
our PowerBuoys® in conjunction with ocean life monitoring sensors to collect ocean mammal migration 
data. The MOA includes the exploration and assessment of the use of the PB3 as an integration platform 
to provide power and communications to sensors that monitor marine life migrations. An initial effort 
consisting of a battery powered sensor mounted to the PB3-A1 was deployed off of the coast of New 
Jersey  which  sought  to  establish  a  baseline  acoustic  survey.  The  deployment  proceeded  for 
approximately three months and met all project objectives. 

●    In 2016, we entered into a cooperative research and development agreement (“CRADA”) with the NDBC 
to conduct ocean demonstrations of its innovative Self-Contained Ocean Observing Payload (“SCOOP”) 
monitoring system integrated into our PB3-A1 PowerBuoy®. NDBC operates a large network of buoys 
and  stations  which  provide  critical  meteorological  and  oceanic  observations  that  are  utilized  by 
government,  industry,  and  academia  throughout  the  world.  Under  the  CRADA,  an  initial  ocean 
demonstration was to be conducted off the coast of New Jersey. We integrated the SCOOP onto our PB3 
PowerBuoy® and in June 2016 we deployed the system off of the coast of New Jersey. Site-specific 
measurements of meteorological and ocean conditions, as well as system performance and maintenance 
data collection, were carried out. The SCOOP was powered by the PB3 and provided metocean data to 
OPT  and  to  NDBC.  The  deployment  proceeded  for  approximately  three  months  and  met  all  project 
objectives. 

Historic Projects 

Our relationships and projects during recent years include, but are not limited to, the following: 

●  The U.S. Navy and Department of Homeland Security. 

In 2012, we executed a CRADA with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security to collaborate and 
demonstrate persistent maritime vessel detection. The vessel detection ocean demonstration in 2013 
utilized the same PowerBuoy® under the LEAP contract with additional sensors. This additional 
deployment provided critical data which informed our next design iteration, and which incorporated 
major  modifications  to  address  critical  operations  and  reliability  improvements.  This  project 
concluded in 2013. 
From 2009 to 2011, we ocean-tested our utility-scale PowerBuoy® at the U.S. Marine Corps Base, 
Hawaii at Kaneohe Bay. The PowerBuoy® was launched under our program with the U.S. Navy for 
ocean testing and demonstration of a prior iteration of our PowerBuoy®, including connection to 
the Oahu power grid. 

10 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
In 2009 and 2010, we were awarded $2.4 million and $2.75 million, respectively, from the U.S. 
Navy  to  develop  a  Littoral  Expeditionary  Autonomous  PowerBuoy®  (“LEAP”)  prototype.  The 
LEAP  contract  was  developed  to  enhance  the  U.S.  Navy’s  territorial  protection  capability  by 
providing potential persistent power at sea for port maritime surveillance in the near coast, harbor, 
piers  and  offshore  areas.  During  the  LEAP  contract,  we  designed,  built  and  deployed  in  2011  a 
PowerBuoy® structure incorporating a new PTO system. The system was deployed by a U.S. Coast 
Guard  vessel  and  was  ocean-tested  approximately  20  miles  off  the  coast  of  New  Jersey.  It  was 
integrated with a Rutgers University-operated land-based radar network that provided ocean current 
mapping data for the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (“NOAA”) and U.S. 
Coast Guard Search and Rescue (“SAR”) operations. The ocean test of the LEAP vessel detection 
system demonstrated dual-use capability of the radar network and helped to verify our technology 
as a potential persistent power source for systems requiring remote power at sea. During the ocean 
testing under these contracts, our PowerBuoy® withstood the high storm waves of Hurricane Irene 
which occurred in August 2011. 
From 2007 to 2013, we worked on two separate contracts to fabricate and deploy two autonomous 
PowerBuoys®, which were subsequently deemed obsolete, as an alternate power source for the U.S. 
Navy’s Deep Water Active Detection System (“DWADS”). 

●  Lockheed Martin. From 2004 to 2014, we had several project teaming agreements and license agreements 

with Lockheed Martin. 

●  Australia. In 2008, we announced a Joint Development Agreement with Leighton Contractors Pty. Ltd. 
(“Leighton”) for the development of wave power projects off the coast of Australia. In 2009, Leighton 
formed Victorian Wave Partners Pty Ltd (“VWP”), a special purpose company for the development of a 
wave  power  project  off  the  coast  of  Victoria,  Australia.  In  2010,  VWP  and  the  Commonwealth  of 
Australia  entered  into  an  Energy  Demonstration  Program  Funding  Deed  (“Funding  Deed”),  wherein 
VWP was awarded an A$66.5 million (approximately US$62 million) grant for the wave power project. 
However, receipt of funds under the grant was subject to certain terms, including achievement of future 
significant external funding milestones. The grant was expected to be used towards the A$232 million 
proposed cost of building and deploying a wave power station off the coast of Australia (the “Project”). 
In March 2012, our Australian subsidiary Ocean Power Technologies (Australasia) Pty. Ltd acquired 
100% ownership of VWP from Leighton. In January 2014, VWP signed a Deed of Variation with the 
Australian Renewable Energy Agency (“ARENA”) that amended the Funding Deed, and, in March 2014, 
received the initial portion of the grant from ARENA in the amount of approximately A$5.6 million 
(approximately US$5.2 million) (the “Initial Funding”). The Initial Funding was subject to claw-back 
provisions if certain contractual requirements, including performance criteria, were not satisfied. In light 
of the claw-back provisions, we determined to classify the Initial Funding as an advance payment, hold 
the funds as restricted cash and defer recognition of the funds as revenue. In July 2014, the VWP Board 
of Directors determined that the project contemplated by the Funding Deed was no longer commercially 
viable  and  terminated  the  Funding  Deed.  The  Initial  Funding  was  returned  to  ARENA.  We  do  not 
currently have any projects in Australia. 

●  Reedsport,  Oregon  Project.  We  obtained  a  permit  in  2007  from  the  Federal  Regulatory  Commission 
(“FERC”)  for  a  multi-stage  wave  power  project  off  the  coast  of  Reedsport,  Oregon.  In  addition,  we 
received two cost-sharing contracts with the DOE for approximately $4.4 million to construct and deploy 
a single PowerBuoy® off the coast of Reedsport. We subsequently obtained a license from FERC in 
August 2012 that authorized installation and operation of a 10-buoy grid connected wave energy array 
(the  “License”).  Due  to  the  complexity  of  the  FERC  regulations  for  the  single  buoy,  higher  than 
anticipated project costs, unanticipated technical risks, and uncertainty surrounding permitting, we made 
the decision not to proceed with the project. Accordingly, we announced in March 2014 our surrender of 
the  permit  for  one  phase  of  the  project  and  announced  in  April  2014  that  we  were  taking  the  steps 
necessary to close out this project with the DOE. In May 2014, we filed an application to surrender the 
FERC  permit  for  the  remaining  phases.  In  August  2014,  in  cooperation  with  the  State  of  Oregon 
Department of State Lands, we removed anchoring and mooring equipment from the seabed off the coast 
of Oregon. In fiscal 2016, we dispositioned the PowerBuoy®. In late fiscal 2016 and early fiscal 2017, 
we disposed of the remaining anchoring and mooring equipment through a local entity and by June 2017 
the project was closed out. 

11 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
●  PowerBuoy® Development Projects. In April 2010, we received a $1.5 million award from the DOE for 
a feasibility study of a PowerBuoy® with the ability to produce up to 500kW of power (referred to as 
the “PB500”). In fiscal 2011, we received additional awards totaling $4.7 million for the PB500 structure 
and PTO optimization study, $2.3 million from the U.K. Government’s Technology Strategy Board and 
$2.4 million from the DOE. In fiscal 2014, upon completion of the concept design and associated trade 
studies that included detailed mechanical analyses, manufacturability and overall projected performance, 
the study concluded that a PB500 would not be technically feasible or economically viable. In March 
2015, we successfully completed a stage gate review and a review of project deliverables with the DOE 
where advancements related to PTO design aspects such as reliability, cost take out, manufacturability 
and scalability were reviewed. Following a stage gate review, the project was successfully completed in 
fiscal 2016. 

Manufacturing 

We  engage  in  two  types  of  manufacturing  activities:  1)  the  manufacturing  of  the  high  value-added  PTO 
components  for  systems  control,  power  generation  and  conversion,  and  energy  storage  for  each  PowerBuoy®;  and  2) 
contracting with outside companies for the fabrication of the buoy structure, mooring system, and cabling. 

Our core in-house manufacturing activity is the assembly, final systems integration and testing of the PTO and its 
components, which is conducted at our New Jersey facility. The power generation system consists of electro-mechanical 
components,  and  the  control  modules  include  the  critical  electrical  and  electronic  systems  that  convert  the  mechanical 
energy into usable electricity. The sensors and control systems use sophisticated technology to optimize the performance 
of the PowerBuoy® in response to changing operating conditions and payload power demand. We maintain a portfolio of 
patents, including those that cover our power generation, power conversion and control technologies. 

We purchase the remaining components and materials for each PowerBuoy® from various vendors. We provide 
specifications to each vendor, and they are responsible for performing quality analysis and quality control over the course 
of construction, subject to our review of the quality and test procedure results. After the vendor completes the testing of 
the buoy structure, it is transported to our facility for final integration of the PTO. After each vendor completes testing of 
the remaining components, they are transported ready-to-install to the project site. We do not believe that we are dependent 
on any single vendor for manufacturing the components of and materials for our PowerBuoy®, and we believe that there 
are many available manufacturers for our component parts if a particular manufacturing partner should become unavailable 
or expensive. However, we have only manufactured our PowerBuoys® in limited quantities for use in development and 
testing and have limited commercial manufacturing experience, and our work with our vendors has not included work on 
multiple  orders  on  time-critical  deadlines.  Moreover,  we  do  not  have  long-term  contracts  with  our  third-party 
manufacturers or vendors. In order to be successful in our efforts to commercialize our PowerBuoys®, we will need to 
secure stable relationships with a variety of manufacturers and vendors that can supply component parts and materials for 
our PowerBuoy® products. 

In December 2017, we relocated our corporate headquarters and manufacturing operations from Pennington, New 
Jersey to Monroe, New Jersey. Our new facility offers approximately 56,000 square feet of manufacturing and office space, 
which is more than double the size of our prior facility. This larger space supports our increased operational needs, and 
also allows for our anticipated growth over the next several years. We believe this new facility will enable us to implement 
world  class  assembly  and  testing  processes,  emphasizing  product  quality  and  employee  safety,  while  significantly 
improving our ability to increase product throughput. We believe that our decision to relocate our operations is integral to 
our overall business growth strategy. 

Marketing and Sales 

We  continue  to  enhance  our  marketing  capabilities  across  our  target  markets  and  we  have  begun  actively 
marketing our PowerBuoys®. We currently use a direct sales force consisting of employees and industry expert consultants. 
Because our PowerBuoys® use technology which is not yet considered mature by our target markets, we expect that the 
customer decision process could require us to spend substantial time educating end-users and stakeholders, which may 
result in a lengthy sales cycle. 

We attend and display our products at trade shows and conferences that represent our pursued markets. In May 
2019,  the  Company  was  an  exhibitor  at  the  Offshore  Technology  Conference  in  Houston,  Texas.  In  May  2019,  the 
Company was an exhibitor at the U.S. Navy League’s Sea-Air-Space Exposition in National Harbor, Maryland. In August 
2018, the Company was an exhibitor at the Offshore North Sea 2018 Conference in Stavanger, Norway. In May 2018, we 
displayed our full-size PB3 PowerBuoy® at the Offshore Technology Conference in Houston, Texas. In April 2018, we 
highlighted our Anchorless PowerBuoy® at the Navy Forum for SBIR/STTR Transition in National Harbor, Maryland. 

12 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We market our PowerBuoys® to companies and entities requiring remote offshore power and communications; 
for example, oil and gas companies for potential applications such as remote sensing, trace heating, or autonomous site 
monitoring,  power  and  communications  for  remotely  operated  vehicles  or  autonomous  underwater  vehicle  charging 
stations. We also see opportunities for defense and security applications using active sensors such as high frequency radar 
and acoustic systems with significant processing and communications requirements. 

Additionally,  we  continue  to  seek  to  enter  into  strategic  relationships  to  develop  application  solutions  with 
commercial and military sensor and equipment manufacturers, where we might grant licenses to manufacture, market or 
operate PowerBuoys® or PowerBuoy® subsystems. 

Backlog 

As of April 30, 2019, our backlog was $0.9 million. Our backlog can include both funded amounts, which are 
unfilled firm orders for our products and services for which funding has been both authorized and appropriated by the 
customer (U.S. Congress, in the case of U.S. Government agencies), and unfunded amounts, which are unfilled firm orders 
for which funding has not been appropriated. If any of our contracts were to be terminated, our backlog would be reduced 
by the expected value of the remaining terms of such contract. 

The  amount  of  contract  backlog  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  revenue  because  modifications  to  or 
terminations of present contracts and production delays can provide additional revenue or reduce anticipated revenue. A 
substantial portion of our revenue is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, and changes in estimates from 
time to time may have a significant effect on revenue and backlog. Our backlog is also typically subject to large variations 
from time to time due to the timing of new awards. 

Competition 

We expect to compete with other providers of in-ocean autonomous power sources, primarily consisting of subsea 
batteries, solar and fossil-fuel power sources, where many of the providers are substantially larger than OPT and may have 
access to greater financial resources. Incumbent sources of in-ocean power may also represent established and reliable 
power sources and may have already gained customer acceptance. Our ability to compete successfully for business from 
applications seeking in-ocean power will depend on our ability to produce and store energy reliably and at a total cost that 
is  competitive  with  or  lower  than  that  of  other  sources,  and  on  the  on-going  reliability  of  our  product  and  customer 
perception of our company. Our ability to compete effectively may be adversely affected by our current need for additional 
financing and our future customers’ concerns about our long-term viability. 

We also may eventually compete against other renewable wave generated power providers. As of June 2018, there 
were  more  than  nearly  260  companies,  some  with  institutional  funding,  listed  in  the  DOE’s  Marine  and  Hydrokinetic 
(“MHK”)  Technology  Database.  This  DOE  database  provides  up-to-date  information  on  marine  and  hydrokinetic 
renewable energy technologies and companies, both in the U.S. and around the world. Many of these companies are located 
in the U.K., continental Europe, Japan, Israel, the U.S. and Australia, and many of those companies are pursuing the utility, 
grid-connected energy market. The MHK industry is both highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive 
to  differentiate  themselves  by  promoting  their  specific  technology focusing  on  cost  and  efficiency. The  companies  are 
subdivided  by  implementation:  wave  power,  current  power,  tidal  and  ocean  thermal  energy  conversion.  Within  wave 
power,  the  technologies  are  classified  as  point  absorber,  oscillating  wave  column,  overtopping  device,  attenuator  and 
oscillating wave surge converter. Our PowerBuoy® wave energy converter is classified as a point absorber. 

The vast majority of the companies in the DOE’s database are small, start-up type companies with a small number 
of employees and in early stage development that do not have our in-ocean validation experience. Only a few of these 
companies have conducted testing similar to us, such as accelerated life testing and extensive wave tank testing on reduced 
scale models of their devices. We believe our in-ocean experience is critical in proving the reliability, survivability and 
performance of any wave energy system, which we believe our future customers will require before adopting any wave 
generated energy solution. We believe our experience gained through full scale in-ocean deployments, coupled with other 
types of factory and laboratory testing, and our resulting understanding of risks and failure modes provides us with an 
advantage compared to potential wave energy competitors. 

Our analysis of the DOE database indicates that approximately 20 wave energy technologies were selected for 
further evaluation by the DOE, primarily based on company financial capability, type of system and potential to compete 
in autonomous (non-grid connected) markets. Of these, there are three companies that we believe may have the technical 
capability and financial viability to compete in the offshore autonomous power market; however, their technologies are 
still in early stage development with limited ocean testing. We believe that none of these technologies are at the maturity 
level of our current PB3 PowerBuoy®, and because of this we believe that we continue to maintain a first mover advantage. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intellectual Property 

We believe that our technology differentiates us from other providers of wave energy conversion technologies. 
As  a  result,  our  success  depends  in  part  on  our  ability  to  obtain  and  maintain  proprietary  protection  for  our  products, 
technology and know-how, to operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from 
infringing upon our proprietary rights. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, 
filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are 
important  to  the  development  of  our  business. We  also  rely  on  trade  secrets,  know-how,  and  continuing  technological 
innovation and may rely on licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position. 

As of June 2019, we have been issued 66 U.S. patents, of which 47 are active and 18 have expired and 1 was 
abandoned. Outside of the U.S. we have been issued 237 patents across 13 countries with 37 of the active U.S. patents 
having at least one corresponding issued foreign patent. We have filed for 4 additional U.S. patents and none of the U.S. 
patents  applications  have  corresponding  foreign  patent  applications.  Our  patent  portfolio  includes  patents  and  patent 
applications with claims directed to: 

● 
system design; 
control systems; 
● 
●  power conversion; 
● 
●  wave farm architecture. 

anchoring and mooring; and 

The expiration dates for our issued U.S. patents range from 2019 to 2037. We do not consider any single patent 
or patent application that we hold to be material to our business. The patent positions of companies like ours are generally 
uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. Our ability to maintain and solidify our proprietary position for 
our technology will depend on our success in continuing to obtain effective patent claims and enforcing those claims once 
granted. In addition, certain technologies that we developed with U.S. federal government funding are subject to certain 
government rights as described in “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Intellectual Property.” 

We use trademarks on nearly all our products and believe that having distinctive marks is an important factor in 
marketing our products. We have registered our PB-Vue ®, OPTMicrobuoy ®, CellBuoy ®, PowerTower ®, Making Waves 

in Power ®, Talk on Water ® and 
indefinite duration when marks are properly maintained in commercial use. 

® marks in the United States. Trademark ownership is generally of 

Regulation 

Our PowerBuoys® are subject to regulation in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions concerning, among other areas, 
site approval and environmental approval and compliance. In order to encourage the adoption of offshore power solutions, 
many governments offer subsidies and other financial incentives and have mandated renewable energy targets which some 
of our customers may be able to leverage. However, these subsidies, incentives and targets may not be applicable to our 
technology and therefore may not be available to our customers. 

The renewable energy industry has also been subject to increasing regulation. As the renewable energy industry 
continues to evolve and as the wave energy industry continues to evolve, we anticipate that wave energy technology and 
our  PowerBuoys®  and  their  deployment  will  be  subject  to  increased  oversight  and  regulation  in  accordance  with 
international, national and local regulations relating to safety, sites, and environmental protection. 

Site Approval, Environmental Approval and Compliance 

We present additional information regarding the regulatory requirements relating to our in-ocean deployments 

above, under “Product and Technologies - Deployments.” 

Subsidies and Incentives 

Renewable energy subsidies and incentives are generally applicable only to electric generation and supply to the 
utility  grid.  However,  our  autonomous  applications  may  permit  a  customer  to  reduce  its  carbon  emissions,  which  our 
potential customers may be able to publicize in their environmental stewardship reports. 

Employees 

As of April 30, 2019, we had 39 full-time employees. Of these employees, 38 are located in the United States and 
one is located in the United Kingdom. We believe that our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to 
attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we believe our 
employee relations are good. 

14 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

You  should  carefully consider  the  following  risk  factors  together with  the  other  information  contained  in  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K, and in prior reports pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. If any of 
the  following  risks  actually  occur,  they  may  materially  harm  our  business  and  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. In this event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and your investment could be lost. 

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition 

Our auditors have raised substantial doubts as to our ability to continue as a going concern. 

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. Due to the significant 
engineering and product development costs associated with our business and operations, we have experienced substantial 
and recurring losses from operations, which have contributed to an accumulated deficit of $209.8 million at April 30, 2019. 
At April 30, 2019, the Company had approximately $17.2 million in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash on hand. 
The Company generated revenues of only $0.6 million and $0.5 million during the twelve months ended April 30, 2019 
and 2018. Based on the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restrictive cash balances as of April 30, 2019, the Company 
believes that it will be able to finance its capital requirements and operations into the quarter ending July 31, 2020. 

We continue to experience operating losses and currently have four revenue producing contracts. During fiscal 
2019, our net burn rate (cash used in operations less cash generated by operations) including product development spending 
was approximately $1.0 million per month. 

We have been funding our business principally through sales of our securities, and we expect to continue to fund 
our business with sales of our securities and, to a limited extent, with our revenues until, if ever, we generate sufficient 
cash flow to internally fund our business. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue 
as  a  going  concern.  Our  consolidated  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  that  might  result  from  the 
outcome of this uncertainty. We anticipate that our operating expenses will be approximately $14.4 million in fiscal 2020 
including product development spending of more than $7.4 million. However, we may choose to reduce our operating 
expenses through personnel reductions, and reductions in our research and development and other operating costs during 
fiscal year 2020, if we are not successful in our efforts to sell enough products. We cannot assure our stockholders that we 
will be able to increase our revenues and cash flow to a level which would support our operations and provide sufficient 
funds to pay our obligations for the foreseeable future. Further, we cannot assure our stockholders that we will be able to 
secure additional financing or raise additional capital or, if we are successful in our efforts to raise additional capital, of 
the terms and conditions upon which any such financing would be extended. If we are unable to meet our obligations, we 
would be forced to cease operations, in which event investors would lose their entire investment in our company. 

We may not be able to raise sufficient capital to continue to operate our business. 

Historically, we have funded our business operations through sales of equity securities. We do not know whether 
we will be able to secure additional funding or, if secured, whether the terms will be favorable to us or our investors. Our 
ability  to  obtain  additional  funding  will  be  subject  to  a  number  of  factors,  including  market  conditions,  our  operating 
performance, pending litigation and investor sentiment. These factors may make additional funding unavailability, or the 
timing, dollar amount, and terms and conditions of additional funding unattractive. 

If we issue additional securities to raise capital, our existing stockholders could experience dilution or may be 
subordinated to any rights, preferences or privileges granted to the new security holders. In particular, any new securities 
issued could have rights senior to those associated with our common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict 
our  operations.  Should  the  financing  we  require  to  sustain  our  working  capital  needs  be  unavailable  or  prohibitively 
expensive when we require it, our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be materially and 
adversely affected, and we may be unable to continue our operations. 

We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability and positive cash flow. 

We have incurred net losses since we began operations in 1994, including net losses of $12.2 million and $10.2 
million in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of April 30, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $209.8 million. To 
date, our activities have consisted primarily of activities related to the development and testing of our technologies and our 
PowerBuoy®.  Thus,  our  losses  to  date  have  resulted  primarily  from  costs  incurred  in  our  research  and  development 
programs and from our selling, general and administrative costs. As we continue to develop our proprietary technologies, 
we expect to continue to have a net use of cash from operating activities unless or until we achieve positive cash flow from 
the commercialization of our products and services. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We do not know whether we will be able to successfully commercialize our PowerBuoys®, or whether we can 
achieve profitability. There is significant uncertainty about our ability to successfully commercialize our PowerBuoys® in 
our targeted markets. Even if we do achieve commercialization of our PowerBuoy® and become profitable, we may not 
be able to achieve or, if achieved, sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. 

Our  financial  results  may  fluctuate  from  quarter  to  quarter,  which  may  make  it  difficult  to  predict  our  future 
performance. 

Our financial results may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. 
For these reasons, comparing our financial results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and our past results 
should not be relied on as an indication of our future performance. Our future quarterly and annual expenses as a percentage 
of our revenues may be significantly different from those we have recorded in the past or which we expect for the future. 
Our financial results in some quarters may fall below expectations. Any of these events could cause our stock price to fall. 
Each  of  the  risk  factors  listed  in  this  “Risk Factors”  section,  including  the following factors,  may  adversely  affect our 
business, financial condition and results of operations: 

●  delays in permitting or acquiring necessary regulatory consents; 
●  delays in the timing of contract awards and determinations of work scope; 
●  delays in funding for or deployment of wave energy projects; 
● 

changes  in  cost  estimates  relating  to  wave  energy  project  completion,  which  under  percentage-of-
completion accounting principles could lead to significant fluctuations in revenue or to changes in the 
timing of our recognition of revenue from those projects; 
●  our inability to successfully develop and market new products; 
●  delays in meeting, or the failure to meet, specified contractual milestones or other performance criteria 
under project contracts or in completing project contracts that could delay or prevent the recognition of 
revenue that would otherwise be earned; 

●  decisions made by parties with whom we have commercial relationships not to proceed with anticipated 

projects; 
increases in the length of our sales cycle; and 
inherent uncertainties in our manufacturing processes. 

● 
● 

Currency  translation  and  transaction  risk  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. 

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, and we conduct our business and incur costs in the local currency of 
most countries in which we operate. As a result, we are subject to currency translation risk. A large percentage of our 
revenues  may  be  generated  outside  the  United  States  and  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  in  the  future.  Changes  in 
exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could affect our revenues and cost of revenues and could 
result in exchange losses. In addition, we incur currency transaction risk whenever one of our operating subsidiaries enters 
into either a purchase or sale transaction using a different currency from our reporting currency. We cannot accurately 
predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our results of operations. Currently, we do not engage in any 
exchange rate hedging activities and, as a result, any volatility in currency exchange rates may have an immediate adverse 
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

Risks Related To Growth Of Our Business 

We depend on a limited number of customers for substantially all of our revenues. The loss of, or a significant reduction 
in revenues from, any of these customers could significantly reduce our revenues and harm our operating results. 

Historically, a small number of customers have provided substantially all of our revenues and we expect that such 
concentration  will  continue  for  the  foreseeable  future.  In  fiscal  2019  commercial  contracts  accounted  for  92%  of  our 
revenues and governmental contracts accounted for 8%. In fiscal 2018, revenues from commercial contacts accounted for 
86%  of  our  revenues  and  governmental  contracts  accounted  for  14%.  Because  we  currently  have  a  small  number  of 
customers  and  contracts,  problems  with  a  single  contract  would  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and 
results of operations. 

A customer’s payment default, or the loss of a customer as a result of competition, creditworthiness, our failure 
to perform, our inability to negotiate extensions or replacements of contracts, or otherwise, would adversely affect our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts to 
secure additional commercial customers, or additional revenue-generating contracts. 

16 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wave energy technology may not gain broad commercial acceptance and, therefore, our revenues may not increase, 
and we may be unable to achieve and, even if achieved, sustain profitability. 

Wave  energy  technology  is  at  an  early  stage  of  development,  and  the  extent  to  which  wave  energy  power 
generation will be commercially viable is uncertain. Many factors may affect the commercial acceptance of wave energy 
technology, including the following: 

●  performance,  reliability  and  cost-effectiveness  of  wave  energy  technology  compared  to  conventional 

● 

● 

sources and products; 
fluctuations in economic and market conditions, such as increases or decreases in the prices of oil and 
other fossil fuels; 
the development of new and profitable applications requiring the type of remote electric power provided 
by our autonomous wave energy systems. 

If  wave  energy  technology  does  not  gain  broad  commercial  acceptance,  it  is  unlikely  that  we  will  be  able  to 
commercialize  our  PowerBuoy®  and  our  business  will  be  materially  harmed,  in  which  case,  we  may  curtail  or  cease 
operations. 

If  sufficient  demand  for  our  PowerBuoy®  or  new  products  does  not  develop  or  takes  longer  to  develop  than  we 
anticipate, our revenue generation will be limited, and it is unlikely that we will be able to achieve and, if achieved, then 
sustain profitability. 

Even if wave energy technology achieves broad commercial acceptance, our PowerBuoys® may not prove to be 
a commercially viable technology for generating electricity from ocean waves. We have invested a significant portion of 
our time and financial resources since our inception in the development of our PowerBuoys® but have not yet achieved 
successful commercialization of our PowerBuoys®. As we seek to manufacture, market, sell and deploy our PowerBuoys® 
in greater quantities, we may encounter unforeseen hurdles that would limit the commercial viability of our PowerBuoys®, 
including unanticipated manufacturing, deployment, operating, maintenance and other costs. Our target customers and we 
may also encounter technical obstacles to deploying, operating and maintaining PowerBuoys®. 

If demand for our PowerBuoys® or new products fails to develop sufficiently, it is unlikely that we will be able 
to  grow  our  business  or  generate  sufficient  revenues  to  achieve  and  then  sustain  profitability.  In  addition,  demand  for 
PowerBuoys® in our presently targeted markets, including parts of North America, Europe, South America and Asia, may 
not develop or may develop to a lesser extent than we anticipate. 

If we are not successful in commercializing our PowerBuoy® or new products, or are significantly delayed in 

doing so, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected. 

If we are unable to attract and retain management and other qualified personnel, we may not be able to achieve our 
business objectives. 

Our  success  depends  on  the  skills,  experience  and  efforts  of  our  senior  management  and  other  key  product 
development,  manufacturing,  and  sales  and  marketing  employees.  We  have  limited  financial  resources  and  cannot  be 
certain that we will be able to attract, retain and motivate such employees. The loss of the services of one or more of these 
employees could have a material adverse effect on our business. There is a risk that we will not be able to retain or replace 
these key employees. Implementation of our business plans will be highly dependent upon our ability to hire and retain 
senior executives as well as talented staff in various fields of expertise. 

Changes in senior management are inherently disruptive, and efforts to implement any new strategic or operating 
goals may not succeed in the absence of a long-term management team. Changes to strategic or operating goals with the 
appointment  of  new  executives  may  themselves  prove  to  be  disruptive.  Periods  of  transition  in  senior  management 
leadership  are  often  difficult  as  the  new  executives  gain  detailed  knowledge  of  our  operations  and  due  to  cultural 
differences, that may result from changes in strategy and style. Without consistent and experienced leadership, customers, 
employees, creditors, stockholders and others may lose confidence in us. 

To  be  successful,  we  need  to  retain  key  personnel.  Qualified  individuals,  including  engineers  and  project 
managers, are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. With the exception of our 
President and Chief Executive Officer, all of our officers and other employees are at-will employees, which means they 
can terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would 
be difficult to replace. If we lose the services of key personnel, or do not hire or retain other personnel for key positions, 
our business, results of operations and stock price could be adversely affected. 

17 

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we are unable to effectively manage our growth, this could adversely affect our business and operations. 

The scope of our operations to date has been limited, and we do not have experience operating on the scale that 
we  believe  may  be  necessary  to  achieve  profitable  operations.  Our  current  personnel,  facilities,  systems  and  internal 
procedures and controls may not be adequate to support future growth. This factor, when combined with the technical 
complexity  of  some  of  our  development  efforts,  may  result  in  our  inability  to  meet  certain  customer  expectations  or 
deadlines  and  could  result  in  the  amendment  to,  or  termination  of,  customer  contracts  or  relationships.  To  realize  our 
desired growth, we may need to add sales, marketing and engineering offices in our existing and/or additional locations, 
which  may  include  areas  such  as  Australia,  Japan,  and  continental  Europe,  and  which  may  result  in  additional 
organizational complexity. 

To manage the expansion of our operations, we may be required to improve our operational and financial systems, 
procedures and controls, increase our manufacturing capacity and throughput and expand, train and manage our employee 
base, which may need to increase significantly if we are to be able to fulfill our current manufacturing and growth plans. 
Our management may also be required to maintain and expand our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third 
parties,  as well  as  attract  new  customers  and  suppliers.  If  we  do  not  meet  these  challenges, we  may  be unable  to  take 
advantage of market opportunities, execute our business strategies or respond to competitive pressures. 

If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  negotiate  and  enter  into  service  contracts  with  our  customers  on  terms  that  are 
acceptable to us, our ability to diversify our revenue stream will be impaired. 

An important element of our business strategy is to enter into service contracts with our customers under which 
we would be paid fees for services related to the maintenance and operation of the PowerBuoys® purchased from us. In 
addition, we may offer to lease PowerBuoys®, sell power generated by PowerBuoys® or sell data gathered by sensors on 
our PowerBuoys®. Even if customers purchase or lease our PowerBuoys®, they may not enter into service contracts with 
us.  We  may  not  be  able  to  negotiate  service,  power  sale  or  other  contracts  that  provide  us  with  any  additional  profit 
opportunities. Even if we successfully negotiate and enter into such service contracts, our customers may terminate them 
prematurely or they may not be profitable for a variety of reasons, including the presence of unforeseen hurdles or costs. 
In addition, if we were unable to perform adequately under such service contracts our efforts to successfully market the 
PowerBuoys®  could  be  impaired.  Any  one  of  these  outcomes  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

Since our PowerBuoys® can only be deployed in certain geographic locations, our ability to grow our business could 
be adversely affected. 

Our PowerBuoys® are designed for use offshore, but not all offshore areas worldwide have appropriate natural 
resources  for  our  PowerBuoys®  to  harness  wave  energy.  Seasonal  and  local  variations,  water  depth  and  the  effect  of 
particular locations of islands and other geographical features may limit our ability to deploy our PowerBuoys® in certain 
coastal areas. If we are unable to identify and deploy PowerBuoys® at sufficient sites with appropriate natural resources 
to permit our PowerBuoys® to capture wave energy, our ability to grow our business could be adversely affected. 

Failure by third parties to supply or manufacture components of our products or to deploy our systems timely or properly 
could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We have been and expect to continue to be highly dependent on third parties to supply or manufacture components 
of our PowerBuoys®. If, for any reason, our third-party manufacturers or vendors are not willing or able to provide us with 
components or supplies in a timely fashion, or at all, our ability to manufacture and sell many of our products could be 
impaired. 

We do not have long-term contracts with our third-party manufacturers or vendors. If we do not develop ongoing 
relationships  with  vendors  located  in  different  regions,  we  may  not  be  successful  at  controlling  unit  costs  as  our 
manufacturing volume increases. We may not be able to negotiate new arrangements with these third parties on acceptable 
terms, or at all. 

In addition, we rely on third parties, under our oversight, for the deployment and mooring of our PowerBuoys®. 
We have utilized several different deployment methods, including towing the PowerBuoy® to the deployment location and 
transporting the PowerBuoy® to the deployment location by barge or ocean workboat. If these third parties do not properly 
deploy our systems, cannot effectively deploy the PowerBuoy® on a large, commercial scale, or otherwise do not perform 
adequately, or if we fail to recruit and retain third parties to deploy our systems in particular geographic areas, our business, 
financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our investments in joint ventures could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance 
on a co-venture’s financial condition and disputes between us and our co-venture partners. 

It  is  part  of  our  strategy  that we  may  co-invest  with  third  parties  through  joint  ventures  or  by  acquiring  non-
controlling interests in special purpose entities. In these situations, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision-
making authority regarding the joint venture. Our co-ventures may have economic or other business interests or goals that 
may not be consistent with our own and may be in a position to take actions that are contrary to our policies or objectives. 
Additionally, investments in joint ventures involve risks that would not be present were a third party not involved, including 
the possibility that our co-ventures might become bankrupt or fail to fund their share of required capital contributions. 
Disputes between us and our co-venture partners may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our expenses 
and prevent our officers and/or directors from focusing their time and effort on our business. In addition, we may not be 
able  to  identify  appropriate  strategic  partners,  or  successfully  negotiate,  finance  or  operate  any  joint  ventures  or  other 
collaborative projects to advance this aspect of our strategy. Consequently, both the entrance into a joint venture itself, or 
the  failure  to  identify  appropriate  potential  opportunities,  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Our targeted markets are highly competitive. We  compete against incumbent solutions already being utilized by our 
customers and potential customers. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may be unable to increase our revenues 
and achieve or maintain profitability. 

In our targeted markets, which are highly competitive, we compete against incumbent power solutions already 
being utilized by our customers and potential customers. If we are unable to demonstrate to our customers and our potential 
customers that our PowerBuoy® is cost competitive to their existing alternative power solutions, or if it takes us longer to 
do  so  than  we  anticipate,  we  may  be  unable  to  expand  our  business,  maintain  our  competitive  position,  satisfy  our 
contractual  obligations,  continue  to  commercialize  our  PowerBuoy®,  or  become  profitable.  In  addition,  if  the  cost 
associated  with  these  development  efforts  exceeds  our  projections,  our  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  and 
adversely affected. 

In addition, competition may arise from other companies manufacturing similar products, developing different 
products that produce energy more efficiently than our products, or making improvements to traditional energy-producing 
methods  or  technologies,  any  of  which  could  make  our  products  less  attractive  or  render  them  obsolete.  If  we  are  not 
successful in manufacturing systems that generate competitively priced power, we may not be able to respond effectively 
to competitive pressures from other renewable energy technologies or improvements to existing technologies. 

If we are unable to respond effectively to such competitive forces, our business, financial condition and results of 
operations  could be  adversely  affected.  Our  targeted  markets  are  subject  to  their  own  inherent  risks, and  if  those  risks 
should materialize then our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

We  market  and  plan  to  market  our  products  in  multiple  international  markets.  If  we  are  unable  to  manage  our 
international  operations  effectively,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely 
affected. 

We market and plan to market our products in multiple global regions, including parts of North America, Europe, 
South America and Asia, and we are therefore subject to risks associated with having international operations. Revenues 
from  customers  who  are  based  outside  of  the  U.S.  accounted  for  92%  of  our  revenues  in  fiscal  2019  and  86%  of  our 
revenues in fiscal 2018. Risks inherent in international operations include, but are not limited to, the following: 

changes in general economic and political conditions in the countries in which we operate; 

● 
●  unexpected adverse changes in foreign laws or regulatory requirements, including those with respect to 

● 

● 

renewable energy, environmental protection, permitting, export duties and quotas; 
trade barriers such as export requirements, tariffs, taxes and other restrictions and expenses, which could 
increase the prices of our PowerBuoys® and make us less competitive in some countries; 
fluctuations in exchange rates may affect demand for our PowerBuoys® and may adversely affect our 
profitability in U.S. dollars to the extent the price of our PowerBuoys® and cost of raw materials and 
labor are denominated in a foreign currency; 

●  difficulty with staffing and managing widespread operations; 
● 

complexity of, and costs relating to compliance with, the different commercial and legal requirements of 
the overseas markets in which we offer and sell our PowerBuoys®; 
inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights; and 

● 
●  difficulty in enforcing agreements in foreign legal systems. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Our business in foreign markets requires us to respond to rapid changes in market conditions in these countries. 
Our overall success as a global business depends, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, 
social and political conditions. We may not be able to develop and implement policies and strategies that will be effective 
in each location where we do business, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. The current economic environment, particularly the macroeconomic pressures in certain European countries, 
may increase these risks. 

We anticipate that our contracts with our customers will generally include cancellation for convenience clauses that 
permit our customers to terminate the contract for their convenience; if a customer were to terminate its contract with 
us for convenience, this could materially adversely affect our business. 

We anticipate that our contracts with our customers will be structured as capital equipment contracts or capital 
equipment leases, and could include a cancellation for convenience clause, which we believe is relatively standard in these 
types of contracts. Cancellation for convenience clauses allow the customer to cancel the contract or lease at their option 
without cause prior to defined points in time, generally subject to a reasonable notice period. If any of our current or future 
customers were to cancel their contracts with us for convenience, such cancellation could adversely affect our business. 

Cyber-security breaches of our systems and information technology could adversely impact our ability to operate. 

We utilize, develop, install and maintain a number of information technology systems both for us and for others. 
Various privacy and security laws require us to protect sensitive and confidential information from disclosure. In addition, 
we are bound by our client and other contracts, as well as our own business practices, to protect confidential and proprietary 
information (whether it be ours or a third party’s information entrusted to us) from disclosure. Our computer systems, as 
well as those of our clients, contractors and other vendors, face the threat of unauthorized access, computer hackers, viruses, 
malicious  code,  cyber-attacks,  phishing  and  other  security  incursions  and  system  disruptions,  including  attempts  to 
improperly access our confidential and proprietary information as well as the confidential and proprietary information of 
our  clients  and  other  business  partners.  While  we  endeavor  to  maintain  industry-  accepted  security  measures  and 
technology to secure our computer systems and while we endeavor to ensure our cloud vendors that store our data maintain 
similar measures, these systems and the information stored on these systems may still be subject to threats. There can be 
no assurance that our efforts will prevent these threats. Further, as these security threats continue to evolve, we may be 
required  to  devote  additional  resources  to  protect,  prevent,  detect  and  respond  against  such  threats.  A  party  who 
circumvents our security measures, or those of our clients, contractors or other vendors, could misappropriate confidential 
or proprietary information, improperly manipulate data, or cause damage or interruptions to systems. Any of these events 
could damage our reputation, result in litigation and regulatory fines and penalties, or have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

Risks Related to Product Development and Commercialization 

Our engineering and product development costs are substantial and may increase in the future. 

Our engineering and product development costs primarily relate to our efforts to increase the output, durability 
and commercial viability of our PowerBuoy®. Our engineering and product development costs were $5.0 million and $4.3 
million in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively. It is our goal to fund the majority of our engineering and product development 
expenses, including cost sharing obligations under some of our customer contracts, over the next several years with sources 
of external funding, but we do not currently have any such committed sources of funding, and we may not be able to secure 
any such funding in the future. If we are unable to obtain external funding, our operations may be materially and adversely 
affected, and we may be required to curtail our engineering and product development expenses, among other consequences. 

We have only manufactured a limited number of PowerBuoys® and to date we have not produced PowerBuoys® in any 
significant quantity or for commercial production. Our PowerBuoys® have been used for testing and development and 
may not have a sufficient operating history to confirm how they will perform over their estimated useful life. 

We began developing and testing wave energy technology over 15 years ago. However, to date, we have only 
manufactured a limited number of PowerBuoys® for use in ocean testing and development. The longest continuous in-
ocean deployment of our PowerBuoy® was from December 2009 to January 2012. As a result, our PowerBuoys® may not 
have a sufficient operating history to confirm how they will perform over their estimated useful life. Our technology may 
not yet have demonstrated that our engineering and test results can be duplicated in volume or in commercial production. 
We have conducted and plan to continue to conduct practical testing of our PowerBuoy®. If our PowerBuoy® is ultimately 
proven  ineffective  or  unfeasible,  we  may  not  be  able  to  engage  in  commercial  production  of  our  products  or  we  may 
become liable to our customers for quantities we are obligated but are unable to produce. If our PowerBuoys® perform 
below expectations, we could lose customers and face substantial repair and replacement expenses which could in turn 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We face numerous accident and safety risks and hazards, including extreme environmental hazards, which are inherent 
in offshore operations. 

Portions  of  our  operations  are  subject  to  hazards  and  risks  inherent  in  the  building,  testing,  deploying  and 
maintenance of our PowerBuoys®. These hazards and risks could result in personal injuries, loss of life, liberation of a 
PowerBuoy® from  its  mooring  due  to  extreme  environmental conditions and damage caused by  its  drifting,  and  other 
damages which may include damage to our properties, including our PowerBuoy®, and the properties of others and other 
consequential damages, and could lead to the suspension of certain of our operations, large damage claims, damage to our 
safety reputation and a loss of business. Some of these risks may be uninsurable and some claims may exceed our insurance 
coverage.  Therefore,  the  occurrence  of  a  significant  accident  or other  risk  event or  hazard  that  is not fully  covered  by 
insurance could materially and adversely affect our business and financial results and, even if fully covered by insurance, 
could materially and adversely affect our business due to the impact on our reputation for safety. In addition, the risks 
inherent in our business are such that we cannot assure that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at 
reasonable rates. 

Our  relationships  with  our  strategic  partners  may  not  be  successful,  and  we  may  not  be  successful  in  establishing 
additional relationships, either of which could adversely affect our ability to commercialize our products and services. 

An important element of our business strategy is to enter into application development agreements and strategic 
alliances with companies committed to providing products and services which require in-ocean energy sources. Generally, 
these  types  of  relationships  obligate  us  to  provide  certain  services  or  perform  certain  tasks  in  connection  with  the 
relationship  with  the  alliance  partner,  and  we  are  generally  responsible  for  paying  the  costs  we  incur  relating  to  such 
services or tasks. These relationships generally are not expected to provide us with any revenues or sources of financing. 
If we are unable to reach agreements with additional suitable alliance partners, we may fail to meet our business objectives 
for  the  commercialization  of  our  PowerBuoys®.  We  may  face  significant  competition  in  seeking  appropriate  alliance 
partners. Moreover, these development agreements and strategic alliances are complex to negotiate and time consuming to 
document.  We  may  not  be  successful  in  our  efforts  to  establish  additional  strategic  relationships  or  other  alternative 
arrangements.  The  terms  of  any  additional  strategic  relationships  or  other  arrangements  that  we  establish  may  not  be 
favorable to us. Furthermore, even if we are able to find, negotiate and enter into these relationships, such arrangements 
may be conditional upon our receipt of additional funding. There can be no assurance that we will receive such additional 
funding.  In  addition,  strategic  relationships  may  not  be  successful,  and  we  may  be  unable  to  sell  and  market  our 
PowerBuoys® to these companies, their affiliates and customers in the future, or growth opportunities may not materialize. 
Any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We have limited manufacturing experience. If we are unable to increase our manufacturing capacity in a cost-effective 
manner, our business will be materially harmed. 

We  plan  to  manufacture  key  components  of  our  PowerBuoys®,  including  the  PTO  advanced  control  and 
generation  systems,  while  outsourcing  the  manufacturing  for  other  components  of  our  PowerBuoys®,  including  the 
structure itself. However, we have only manufactured our PowerBuoys® in limited quantities for use in development and 
testing and have limited commercial manufacturing experience, and our work with our vendors has not included work on 
multiple  orders  on  time-critical  deadlines.  Our  future  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  significantly  increase  both  our 
manufacturing capacity and production throughput in a cost-effective and efficient manner, and to manage multiple vendors 
with several orders on specific deadlines. In order to meet our growth objectives, we will need to increase our engineering, 
contract management, and manufacturing staff. There is intense competition for hiring qualified technical and engineering 
personnel, and we have limited funding available to retain such additional staff. Therefore, we may not be able to hire a 
sufficient number of qualified personnel to allow us to meet our growth objectives. 

We may be unable to develop efficient, low-cost manufacturing capabilities and processes that enable us to meet 
the  quality,  price,  engineering,  design  and  production  standards  or  production  volumes  necessary  to  successfully 
commercialize our PowerBuoys®. If we cannot do so, we may be unable to expand our business, satisfy our contractual 
obligations or become profitable. Even if we are successful in developing our manufacturing capabilities and processes, 
we may not be able to do so in time to meet our commercialization schedule or satisfy the requirements of our customers. 

Problems with the quality or performance of our PowerBuoys® would adversely affect our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

Our agreements with customers will generally include guarantees with respect to the quality and performance of 
our  PowerBuoys®.  Because  of  the  limited  operating  history  of  our  PowerBuoys®,  we  have  been  required  to  make 
analytical assumptions regarding the durability, reliability and performance of the systems, and we may not be able to 
predict  whether  and  to  what  extent  we  may  be  required  to  perform  under  the  guarantees  that  we  expect  to  give  our 
customers.  Our  assumptions  could  prove  to  be  materially  different  from  the  actual  performance  of our  PowerBuoys®, 
causing us to incur substantial expense to repair or replace defective systems in the future. We will bear the risk of claims 
long  after  we  have  sold  our  PowerBuoys®  and  recognized  revenue.  Moreover,  any  widespread  product  failures  could 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have not yet deployed a wave power array of two or more PowerBuoys® in a single geographic location. If we are 
unable to successfully deploy a multiple-system wave power array, our capability to generate revenues may be limited, 
and we may be unable to achieve and then maintain profitability. 

We have not yet deployed a wave power array of two or more PowerBuoys®. Whether we are able to do so is 
contingent upon, among other things, our ability to manufacture and produce multiple PowerBuoys® in a short period of 
time, receipt of required governmental permits, obtaining adequate financing, successful array design and implementation 
and, finally, successful deployment and connection of the PowerBuoys®. 

We have not yet conducted ocean testing or otherwise installed in the ocean a multiple-system wave power array. 
In  particular,  unlike  single-system  wave  power  arrays,  multiple-system  wave  power  arrays  may  require  the  use  of  an 
underwater  substation  to  connect  the  power  transmission  cables  from,  and  collect  the  electricity  generated  by,  each 
PowerBuoy® in the array. We have not yet deployed an underwater substation connected to multiple PowerBuoys®. In 
addition,  unanticipated  issues  may  arise  with  the  logistics  and  mechanics  of  deploying  and  maintaining  multiple 
PowerBuoys® at a single site and the additional equipment associated with these multiple system wave power arrays. 

The development and deployment of an array of PowerBuoys® could require us to incur significant expenses for 
preliminary engineering, permitting and other expenses before we can determine whether a project is feasible, economically 
attractive or capable of being financed. We may be unsuccessful in accomplishing any of  these tasks or doing so on a 
timely basis. 

Our  future  success  in our  selected  markets depends  in part on our ability  to  achieve  cost savings over  existing and 
incumbent solutions. If we are unable to achieve cost savings relating to our PowerBuoy®, the commercial prospects 
for our PowerBuoy® may be adversely affected. 

Our goal is to commercialize our PowerBuoy®. Our success in meeting this objective depends, in part, on our 
ability to provide energy to our prospective customers at a cost savings over existing and incumbent power solutions already 
being utilized by our customers and potential customers. We have experienced problems and delays in the development 
and deployment of our PowerBuoy® in the past and could experience similar delays or other difficulties in the future. If 
we  are  unable  to  demonstrate  to  our  prospective  customers  that  our  PowerBuoy®  is  cost  competitive  with  existing 
alternative power sources, or if it takes us longer to do so than we anticipate, we may be unable to continue our business, 
achieve  commercialization  of  our  PowerBuoy®,  achieve  a  competitive  position,  satisfy  our  contractual  obligations,  or 
become profitable. In addition, if the costs associated with these development efforts exceed our projections, our results of 
operations will be materially and adversely affected. 

We must continually improve existing products, design and sell new products and invest in research and development 
in order to compete effectively. 

The markets for our products are characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and 
continuous improvements in products. Due to constant changes in our markets, future success depends on our ability to 
develop  new  technologies,  products,  processes  and  product  applications.  Examples  of  this  include  our  subsea  battery 
solution and our hybrid PowerBuoy®. New product development and commercialization efforts, including efforts to enter 
markets or product categories in which we have limited or no prior experience, have inherent risks. These risks include the 
costs involved, such as development and commercialization, product development or launch delays, and the failure of new 
products and line extensions to achieve anticipated levels of market acceptance or growth in sales or operating income. We 
also  face  the  risk  that  our  competitors  will  introduce  innovative  new  products  that  compete  with  our  products.  If  new 
product development and commercialization efforts are not successful, our financial results could be adversely affected. 

Product  and  technological  developments  are  accomplished  primarily  through  internally-funded  R&D  projects. 
Because it is not generally possible to predict the amount of time required and costs involved in achieving certain R&D 
objectives, actual development costs may exceed budgeted amounts and estimated product development schedules may be 
extended. Our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected if: 

●  Product improvements are not completed on a timely basis; 
●  New products are not introduced on a timely basis or do not achieve sufficient market penetration; 
●  There are budget overruns or delays in R&D efforts; or 
●  New products experience reliability or quality problems, or otherwise do not meet customer preferences 

or requirements. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Risks Related to Intellectual Property 

If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  or  maintain  intellectual  property  rights  relating  to  our  technology  and  products,  the 
commercial value of our technology and products may be adversely affected, which could in turn adversely affect our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our success and ability to compete depends in part upon our ability to obtain protection in the U.S. and other 
countries for our products by establishing and maintaining intellectual property rights relating to or incorporated into our 
technology and products. We own a variety of patents and patent applications in the U.S. and corresponding patents and 
patent applications in several foreign jurisdictions. However, we have not obtained patent protection in each market in 
which we plan to compete. In addition, we do not know how successful we would be should we choose to assert our patents 
against suspected infringers and we do not know what the cost to do so would be. Our pending and future patent applications 
may not issue as patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. Even if issued, patents may 
be challenged, narrowed, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing 
similar products or limit the length of term of patent protection we may have for our products. Changes in either patent 
laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the U.S. and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property 
or narrow the scope of our patent protection, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information and know-how, the value of our technology 
and products could be adversely affected, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

In addition to patented technology, we rely upon unpatented proprietary technology, processes and know-how, 
particularly with respect to our PowerBuoy® control and electricity generating systems. We generally seek to protect this 
information in part by confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and third parties. These agreements may 
be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise 
become known or be independently developed by competitors. 

Foreign laws may not afford us sufficient protections for our intellectual property, and we may not be able to obtain 
patent protection outside of the United States. 

Intellectual  property  rights  protection  continues  to  present  significant  challenges  to  foreign  businesses  in  many 
countries around the world. The body of law is often relatively undeveloped compared to the commercial law in the United 
States and only limited protection of intellectual property may be available in those jurisdictions. Although we have taken 
precautions to protect our intellectual property, any local design or manufacture of products that we undertake in a foreign 
jurisdiction could subject us to an increased risk that unauthorized parties will be able to copy or otherwise obtain or use 
our intellectual property, which could harm our business. We may also have limited legal recourse in the event we encounter 
patent or trademark infringement. If we are unable to manage our intellectual property rights, our business and operating 
results may be seriously harmed. 

If we infringe or are alleged to have infringed upon intellectual property rights of third parties, our business, financial 
condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

Our products or use of our trademarks may infringe, or be claimed to infringe, upon patents, patent applications 
or trademarks under which we do not hold licenses or other rights. Third parties may own or control these patents, patent 
applications or trademarks in the United States and abroad. From time to time, we receive correspondence from third parties 
offering to license patents to us. Correspondence of this nature might be used to establish that we received notice of certain 
patents in the event of subsequent patent infringement litigation. Third parties could bring claims against us that would 
cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages. 
Further,  if  a  patent  or  trademark  infringement  suit  were  brought  against  us,  we  could  be  forced  to  stop  or  delay 
manufacturing or sales of the product or component that is the subject of the suit. 

As a result of patent or trademark infringement claims, or in order to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be 
required to seek a license from the third party and be required to pay license fees, royalties or both. These licenses may not 
be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be non-exclusive, which 
could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be forced to cease 
some aspect of our business operations if, as a result of actual or threatened patent or trademark infringement claims, we 
are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms. This could significantly and adversely affect our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to infringement claims against us, we may become a party to other types of patent or trademark litigation 
and other proceedings, including proceedings declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and proceedings in the European 
Patent Office, regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology. The cost to us of any patent or 
trademark litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. In addition, if we were to license our 
intellectual property to others, we may be required to indemnify our licensee if the licensed intellectual property is found to be 
infringing on a third party’s rights. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings 
more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. 

Our  contracts  with  governmental  entities  could  negatively  affect  our  intellectual  property  rights,  and  our  ability  to 
commercialize our products could be impaired. 

Our prior agreements with government agencies in large part funded the research and development of our PowerBuoy®. 
When new technologies are developed  with U.S.  government funding, the government obtains certain rights in any resulting 
patents, technical data and software, generally including, at a minimum, a non-exclusive license authorizing the government to 
use the invention, technical data or software for non-commercial purposes. These rights may permit the government to disclose 
our  confidential  information  to  third  parties  and  to  exercise  “march-in”  rights.  March-in  rights  refer  to  the  right  of  the  U.S. 
government to require us to grant a license to the technology to a responsible applicant or, if we refuse, the government may grant 
the license itself. U.S. government-funded inventions must be reported to the government and U.S. government funding must be 
disclosed in any resulting patent applications; our rights in such inventions will normally be subject to government license rights, 
periodic post-contract utilization reporting, foreign manufacturing restrictions and march-in rights. 

The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve 
practical application of the technology or because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of 
federal regulations or to give preference to U.S. industry. Our government-sponsored research contracts are subject to audit and 
require that we provide regular written technical updates on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis, and, at the conclusion of the 
research contract, a final report on the results of our technical research. Because these reports are generally available to the public, 
third parties may obtain some aspects of our sensitive confidential information. Moreover, if we fail to provide these reports or 
to provide accurate or complete reports, the government may obtain rights to any intellectual property arising from the related 
research. Funding from government contracts also may limit when and how we can deploy our technology developed under those 
contracts. Foreign governments with which we contract to provide funding for our research and development may seek similar 
rights. 

Risks Related to Regulatory and Compliance Matters 

If we are unable to obtain all necessary regulatory permits and approvals, it could be possible we will not be able to implement 
our planned projects or business plan. 

Offshore  deployment  of  our  PowerBuoy®  is  heavily  regulated.  Each  of  our  deployments  is  subject  to  multiple 
permitting and approval requirements. We are dependent on state, federal and regional government agencies for such permits and 
approvals.  Due  to  the  unique  nature  of  in-ocean  power  generation  and  the  associated  potential  for  environmental  hazards  of 
PowerBuoy® deployment, we expect our projects to receive close scrutiny by permitting agencies, approval authorities and the 
public, which could result in substantial delay in the permitting process. Successful challenges by any parties opposed to our 
deployments could result in increased costs, or in the denial of necessary permits and approvals. 

If we are unable to obtain necessary permits and approvals in connection with any or all of our projects, those projects 
would not be implemented, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected. Further, 
we cannot assure you that we have been or will be at all times in complete compliance with all such permits and approvals. If we 
violate or fail to comply with these permits and approvals, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. 

In the event we are unable to satisfy regulatory requirements relating to internal control over financial reporting, or if our 
internal controls are not effective, our business and financial results may suffer. 

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reasonable assurance with respect to our financial reports and 
to effectively prevent fraud. Pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to furnish a report by management on 
internal control over financial reporting, including management’s assessment of the effectiveness of such control. Internal control 
over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of 
human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Therefore, even effective internal controls can provide only 
reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. In addition, projections of any 
evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the control 
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement new or improved 
controls, or if we experience difficulties in their implementation, our business and operating results could be harmed, we could 
fail to meet our reporting obligations, and there could also be a material adverse effect on our stock price. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business could suffer as a result of the United Kingdom’s decision to end its membership in the European Union. 

The  decision of  the  United  Kingdom  (U.K.)  to  exit  from  the European  Union  (E.U.)  (generally  referred  to  as 
“BREXIT”)  could  cause  disruptions  to  and  create  uncertainty  surrounding  our  business,  including  affecting  our 
relationships with existing and potential customers, suppliers and employees. The effects of BREXIT will depend on any 
agreements the U.K. makes to retain access to E.U. markets either during a transitional period or more permanently. The 
measures could potentially disrupt some of our target markets and jurisdictions in which we operate, and adversely change 
tax benefits or liabilities in these or other jurisdictions. In addition, BREXIT could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially 
divergent national laws and regulations as the U.K. determines which E.U. laws to replace or replicate. BREXIT also may 
create global economic uncertainty, which may cause our customers and potential customers to monitor their costs and 
reduce  their  budgets  for  our  products  and  services.  Any  of  these  effects  of  BREXIT,  among  others,  could  materially 
adversely affect our business, business opportunities, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

A  portion  of  products  we  acquire  from  our  suppliers  are  manufactured  in  foreign  countries,  making  the  price  and 
availability of these products subject to international trade risks and other international conditions. 

A portion of our parts for our products are sourced from foreign countries, some of which in the  future are or 
could become subject to trade restrictions, including increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes and customs restrictions, which 
would increase the cost or could reduce the supply of products available to us, and could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. Tariffs on imports from foreign countries, as well as changes in 
tax and trade policies, such as a border adjustment tax or disallowance of certain tax deductions for imported product, could 
materially increase our manufacturing costs, the costs of our imported products or our income tax expense, which would 
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Tariffs imposed by foreign countries on 
imports of our products could also adversely affect our international sales. Any increase in manufacturing costs, the cost 
of our products or limitation on the amount of products we are able to purchase, could have a material adverse effect on 
our financial condition and results of operations. 

Business  activities  conducted  by  our  third-party  contractors  and  us  involve  the  use  of  hazardous  materials,  which 
require compliance with environmental and occupational safety laws regulating the use of such materials. If we violate 
these laws, we could be subject to significant fines, liabilities or other adverse consequences. 

Our  manufacturing  operations,  particularly  some  of  the  activities  undertaken  by  our  third-party  suppliers  and 
manufacturers,  involve  the  controlled  use  of  hazardous  materials.  Accordingly,  our  third-party  contractors  and  we  are 
subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws governing the protection of the environment and human health and safety, 
including those relating to the use, handling and disposal of these materials. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of 
accidental contamination or injury from these hazardous materials. In the event of an accident or failure to comply with 
environmental or health and safety laws and regulations, we could be held liable for resulting damages, including damages 
to natural resources, fines and penalties, and any such liability could adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

Environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent 
over time. While we have budgeted for future capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance, we cannot assure 
you that environmental laws and regulations will not change or become more stringent in the future. Therefore, we cannot 
assure you that our costs of complying with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, and any liabilities 
arising from past or future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances will not adversely affect our business, financial 
condition or results of operations. 

Risks Related to Litigation 

We are the subject of pending litigation, which is costly and time-consuming to defend, and if decided against us, could 
require us to pay substantial judgments or settlements. We may be the subject of future securities or other litigation, 
which could adversely affect our company, our business and our liquidity. 

We are the subject of certain pending litigation. Any litigation is costly, and time consuming to defend and may 
distract our management from the daily operations of our business. We may be the subject of additional future litigation, 
which could adversely affect our company, our business and our liquidity. Although we maintain insurance coverage, we 
cannot  assure  you  that  this  insurance  coverage  will  be  sufficient  to  cover  the  substantial  fees  of  lawyers  and  other 
professionals advisors relating to these pending lawsuits or any future litigation, our obligations to indemnify our officers 
and directors who may become parties to such pending and future actions, or the amount of any judgments or settlements 
that we may be obligated to pay in connection with these lawsuits. In addition, these actions have caused our insurance 
premiums and retention amounts to increase, and we may be subject to additional increases in the future or be subjected to 
other changes in our insurance coverages. Further, given the volatility of the market price of our Common Stock, we may 
be subject to future class action securities and other litigation. Accordingly, we have incurred and may continue to incur 
substantial legal expenses, judgments and/or settlements relating to pending and future litigation and our management’s 
time and attention may be diverted from the operation of our business, which could materially and adversely affect the 
Company. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may become the target of additional securities litigation, which is costly and time-consuming to defend. 

In the past, companies that experience significant volatility in the market price of their publicly-traded securities 
have  become  subject  to  class  action  securities  litigation.  Our  stock  price  has  been  volatile,  and  class  action  securities 
litigation and derivative lawsuits have been filed against us and it is possible that additional lawsuits could be brought 
against us in the future. The results of complex legal proceedings are difficult to predict. These lawsuits assert types of 
claims that, if resolved against us, could give rise to substantial damages, and an unfavorable outcome or settlement of 
these lawsuits, or any future lawsuits, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and/or stock price. Even if any future lawsuits, are not resolved against us, the costs of defending such lawsuits 
may be material to our business and our operations. Moreover, these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention from 
the  operation  of  our  business.  For  more  information  on  our  legal  proceedings,  see  Item  3  “Legal  Proceedings”  of  this 
Annual Report and Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies - Litigation” in the accompanying consolidated financial 
statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019. 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock 

If we issue additional shares of our equity securities in the future, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution 
in the value of their investment or their ownership interest. 

Our certificate of incorporation currently authorizes us to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of our common stock 
and to issue and designate the rights of, without stockholder approval, up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. In the 
future,  in  order  to  raise  additional  capital,  we  may  offer  additional  shares  of  our  common  stock  or  other  securities 
convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock at prices that may not be the same as the price per share paid by 
other investors, and dilution to our stockholders in the value of their investment and their ownership and voting interest in 
the Company could result. We may sell shares or other securities in any other offering at a price per share that is less than 
the price per share paid by existing investors, and investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have 
rights superior to existing stockholders. 

In addition, we have a significant number of stock options and warrants outstanding. To the extent that outstanding 
stock options or warrants have been or may be exercised or other shares issued, current stockholders and future investors 
who have purchased our common stock will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional 
capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or 
future operating plans. To the extent that we issue new securities or raise additional capital through the sale of equity or 
convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders or result in 
downward pressure on the price of our common stock. 

Historically, our stock price has been volatile, and this is likely to continue; purchasers of our common stock could 
incur substantial losses as a result. 

Historically,  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  has  fluctuated  significantly,  and  we  expect  that  this  will 
continue. Purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses relating to their investment in our stock as a result. 
For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019, the 52-week low and high prices for our common stock was $2.45 and $24.00, 
respectively.  Also,  the  stock  market  in  general  has  recently  experienced  volatility  that  has  often  been  unrelated  or 
disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations could result in 
fluctuations in the price of our common stock, which could cause purchasers of our common stock to incur substantial 
losses. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including: 

●  developments in our business or with respect to our projects; 
the success of competitive products or technologies; 
● 
● 
regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries; 
●  developments or disputes concerning patents or other proprietary rights; 
● 
●  quarterly  or  annual  variations  in  our  financial  results  or  those  of  companies  that  are  perceived  to  be 

the recruitment or departure of key personnel; 

similar to us; 

●  market conditions in the conventional and renewable energy industries and issuance of new or changed 

securities analysts’ reports or recommendations; 
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock or changes in financial estimates by analysts; 
the inability to meet the financial estimates of analysts who follow our common stock; 
investor perception of our company and of our targeted markets; and 

● 
● 
● 
●  general economic, political and market conditions. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Provisions  in  our  corporate  charter  documents  and  under  Delaware  law  may  delay  or  prevent  attempts  by  our 
stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us. 

As a result of our reincorporation in Delaware in April 2007, provisions of our certificate of incorporation and 
bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider 
favorable,  including  transactions  in which our  stockholders  might otherwise receive a  premium  for  their  shares.  These 
provisions  may  also  prevent  or  frustrate  attempts  by  our  stockholders  to  replace  or  remove  our  management.  These 
provisions include: 

● 
● 
● 

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; 
the inability of stockholders to act by written consent or to call special meetings; and 
the ability of our Board of Directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock 
without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a “poison pill” that would work to dilute 
the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been 
approved by our Board of Directors. 

The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote is necessary to 
amend or repeal the above provisions of our certificate of incorporation. In addition, absent the approval of our Board of 
Directors, our bylaws may only be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our shares 
of capital stock entitled to vote. 

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation 
from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, which is generally a person who together with its 
affiliates owns or within the last three years has owned 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date 
of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a 
prescribed manner. Accordingly, Section 203 may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. 

If  securities  or  industry  analysts  fail  to  cover  us,  or  do  not  publish  research  or  publish  unfavorable  or  inaccurate 
research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities 
analysts  may  publish  about  us,  our  business  or  our  industry  from  time  to  time.  If  one  or  more  of  these  analysts cease 
coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which 
in turn could cause the price or trading volume of our common stock to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts 
who cover our company downgrade our common stock or release a negative report, or if our operating results do not meet 
analyst expectations, the price of our common stock could decline. 

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the 
foreseeable future. 

We  have  not  paid  any  cash  dividends on  our  common  stock  to  date.  We  currently  intend  to  retain  our  future 
earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements 
may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole 
source of gain for our stockholders for the foreseeable future. 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

Our  corporate  headquarters  are  currently  located  in  Monroe  Township,  New  Jersey,  where  we  occupy 
approximately  56,000  square  feet  under  a  lease  expiring  on  October  31,  2024.  We  use  this  facility  for  administration, 
research  and  development,  as  well as  assembly  and  testing  of  the  generators and  control  models  for  our  PowerBuoy® 
systems. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

Shareholder Litigation 

The  Company  and  certain  of  its  current  and  former  directors  and  officers  were  identified  as  defendants  in  a 
derivative lawsuit filed on March 18, 2015 in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey captioned 
Labare v. Dunleavy, et. al., Case No. 3:15-cv-01980-FLW-LHG. The derivative complaint alleged claims for breach of 
fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement and unjust enrichment relating to the now terminated agreement 
between  Victorian  Wave  Partners  Pty.  Ltd.  (VWP)  and  the  Australian  Renewable  Energy  Agency  (ARENA)  for  the 
development of a wave power station. The derivative complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and other relief. 

27 

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On July 10, 2015, a second derivative lawsuit, captioned Rywolt v. Dunleavy, et al., Case No. 3:15-cv-05469, was 
filed by another shareholder against the same defendants in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey 
alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty, gross mismanagement, abuse of control, and unjust enrichment relating 
to the now terminated agreement between VWP and ARENA. The Rywolt complaint also sought unspecified monetary 
damages and other relief. 

On April 21, 2016, a third derivative lawsuit, captioned LaCalamito v. Dunleavy, et al., Case No. 3:16-cv-02249, 
was filed by another shareholder against certain current and former directors and officers of the Company in the United 
States District Court for the District of New Jersey alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty relating to the now 
terminated agreement between VWP and ARENA. The LaCalamito complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and 
other relief. 

On June 9, 2016, a fourth derivative lawsuit, captioned Pucillo v. Dunleavy, et al., was filed by another shareholder 
against certain current and former directors and officers of the Company in the United States District Court for the District 
of New Jersey alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and abuse of control relating to the 
now terminated agreement between VWP and ARENA. The Pucillo complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and 
other relief. 

On  October  25,  2016,  the  Court  approved  and  entered  a  Stipulation  and  Order  that,  among  other  things,  (i) 
consolidated the LaBare, Rywolt, LaCalamito and Pucillo derivative actions; (ii) identified plaintiff Pucillo as the lead 
plaintiff in the consolidated actions; and (iii) stayed the consolidated actions pending the November 14, 2016 settlement 
hearing in the now-settled securities class action and further order of the Court. 

On  October  23,  2017,  the  parties  entered  into  a  Stipulation  and  Agreement  of  Settlement  to  resolve  the  four 
consolidated  derivative  lawsuits.  The  settlement  provided  for,  among  other  things,  the  Company  to  implement  certain 
corporate governance changes, a $350,000 payment to the plaintiffs’ attorneys for attorneys’ fees and costs that will be 
made by the Company’s insurance carrier, dismissal of the derivative lawsuits, and certain releases. On November 21, 
2017, the plaintiffs filed an unopposed motion seeking preliminary approval of the settlement, which the Court granted on 
March 9, 2018. On May 14, 2018, the Court held a final settlement approval hearing at which the Court stated that it was 
approving the settlement. On June 13, 2018, the Court issued a Final Order and Judgment, approving the Stipulation and 
Agreement of Settlement. The Company had accrued $350,000 related to this matter as a probable and reasonably estimable 
loss contingency during the twelve months ended April 30, 2018. The Company also recorded a receivable of $350,000 
from its insurance carrier with the offset to the Statement of Operations. The Company’s insurance carrier made a payment 
of  $350,000  to  the  plaintiffs’  attorneys  on  May  3,  2018.  As  a  result,  the  consolidated  derivatives  lawsuits  are  now 
completely resolved, the releases are operative, and the matter is closed. 

Employment Arbitration 

On June 10, 2014, the Company announced that it had terminated Charles Dunleavy as its Chief Executive Officer 
and as an employee of the Company for cause, effective June 9, 2014, and that Mr. Dunleavy had also been removed from 
his position as Chairman of the Board of Directors. On June 17, 2014, Mr. Dunleavy wrote to the Company stating that he 
had retained counsel to represent him in connection with an alleged wrongful termination of his employment. On July 28, 
2014,  Mr.  Dunleavy  resigned  from  the  Board  and  the  boards  of  directors  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries.  In  2014,  the 
Company  and  Mr.  Dunleavy  entered  into  a  tolling  agreement  with  respect  to  his  alleged  employment  claims  pending 
resolution of a securities class action and shareholder litigation. The securities class action was resolved in November 2017 
and the derivatives litigation was resolved in June 2018. 

On August 28, 2018, counsel for Mr. Dunleavy filed a demand for arbitration, captioned Charles F. Dunleavy v. 
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Case No. 01-18-0003-2374, before the American Arbitration Association in New Jersey. 
The demand names Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. as the respondent and alleges various claims and seeks declaratory 
relief and permanent injunction. The demand seeks damages in the amount of $5 million for compensatory and punitive 
damages, plus interest and attorneys’ fees as well as certain equitable relief. On November 8, 2018, the Company through 
counsel responded to the demand for arbitration, denied all allegations, and asserted various affirmative defenses. On April 
5, 2019, a three-member arbitration panel scheduled the discovery process to run from April 12, 2019 until November 9, 
2019, set a pre-hearing case management conference for October 14, 2019, and set the hearing for December 9-13, 2019 
in Princeton, New Jersey. As of April 30, 2019, the Company has not accrued any provision related to this matter since it 
cannot reasonably estimate the loss contingency. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tide Runner Marine, Inc. Lawsuit 

On June 13, 2018, Tide Runner Marine, Inc. (“Tide Runner”) filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court 
for the District of New Jersey captioned Tide Runner Marine, Inc. v. Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Case No. 1:18-cv-
10496.  The  complaint  names  the  Company  as  defendant  and  alleges  claims  for  breach  of  contract,  unjust  enrichment, 
conversion,  and  fraud,  negligent  and/or  reckless  misrepresentation  all  as  associated  with  the  removal  of  a  Company 
mooring system off the coast of New Jersey that was completed in May 2017. The complaint seeks damages in the amount 
of $2,825,130 together with interest, costs, attorney’s fees, punitive damages and such other relief as may be appropriate 
under the circumstances. On July 27, 2018, the Company filed an answer denying the claims in the complaint, asserted 
various affirmative defenses, and asserted a counter-claim for damages in the amount of $15,000 for Tide Runner’s failure 
to pay the Company for certain portions of the mooring system that were recovered. On August 2, 2018, Tide Runner filed 
its  answer  to  and  denied  the  Company’s  counterclaim  and  asserted  various  affirmative  defenses.  During  the  initial 
scheduling conference held on September 13, 2018, the parties agreed to engage in mediation in an effort to resolve this 
matter and also agreed to include Tide Runner’s subcontractor, Wittich Bros. Marine Inc. (“Wittich”) in the mediation 
process. The parties participated in mediation on November 15, 2018 but were unable to reach an agreement. However, 
the parties agreed to continue the mediation process and on February 11, 2019 reached a settlement agreement. On February 
22, 2019, the parties executed a Settlement Agreement and Release (“Settlement”). Under the Settlement, the Company 
will pay to Wittich (i) $50,000 within 10 days after the final execution of the Settlement and (ii) another $150,000 on or 
before May 1, 2019. Subsequently, the parties filed a stipulation of dismissal of both Tide Runner’s complaint and the 
Company’s counterclaim with prejudice and without costs and the Court granted the dismissal and terminated the case. 
The parties have also provided mutual releases for the matters in dispute in the litigation and will indemnify each other for 
future similar claims. As of April 30, 2019, the Company made the two required payments to Wittich. 

Nasdaq Compliance 

On August 9, 2018, the Company received written notification from Nasdaq indicating that the closing bid price 
of the Company’s common stock had been below $1.00 per share for a period of 30 consecutive trading days, and as a 
result,  the  Company  was  not  in  compliance  with  the  minimum  bid  price  requirement  for  continued  listing.  Under  the 
Nasdaq Listing Rules, the Company was provided with a grace period of 180 calendar days, or until February 5, 2019, in 
which to regain compliance with the minimum bid price rule. To regain compliance, the closing bid price of the Company’s 
common stock must meet or exceed $1.00 per share for a minimum of ten consecutive business days during the grace 
period.  If  the  Company  did  not  regain  compliance  before  February  5,  2019,  Nasdaq  stated  that  it  would  provide  the 
Company with written notice that its securities are subject to delisting. At that time, the Company could appeal Nasdaq’s 
determination to a Nasdaq Listing Qualifications Panel, which would stay any further delisting action by Nasdaq pending 
a final decision by the panel. Alternatively, the Company could have been eligible for an additional 180 calendar day grace 
period if it met the continued listing standards, with the exception of bid price, for the Nasdaq Capital Market, and if the 
Company stated its intent to affect a reverse split, if necessary, to cure such deficiency. 

On  February  11,  2019,  the  Company  received  another  written  notification  from  Nasdaq  indicating  that  the 
Company had not regained compliance with the minimum bid price requirement and that the Company’s stockholders’ 
equity, as reported in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2018, did not 
qualify  the  Company  for  an  additional  180  calendar  day  extension  period  for  compliance.  On  February  19,  2019,  the 
Company appealed Nasdaq’s determination to a Hearings Panel (the “Panel”), pursuant to the procedures set forth in the 
Nasdaq  Listing  Rule  5800  Series.  The  appeal  stayed  the  suspension  of  the  Company’s  securities  pending  the  Panel’s 
decision,  during  which  time  the  Company’s  common  stock  will  continue  to  be  listed  on  Nasdaq,  and  the  Company’s 
common stock will continue to trade under the symbol “OPTT”. 

On March 14, 2019, the Company received another written notification from Nasdaq indicating that the Company 
did not comply with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing. The earlier-filed appeal of the 
minimum bid price requirement was sufficient to encompass the minimum stockholder’s equity requirement, and the stay 
of suspension continued pending the Panel hearing and decision. 

The Panel held its hearing on March 28, 2019. On April 4, 2019, the Panel issued the following two decisions: (i) 
the Panel concluded that the Company was in compliance with the minimum bid price rule; and (ii) the Panel granted the 
Company’s request to cure its stockholder equity deficiency by conducting a public offering that was estimated to raise 
$10 million by no later than April 30, 2019. On April 24, 2019, the Company provided the Panel with an update following 
a public offering that raised approximately $15.7 million (after deducting underwriter fees, commissions and other offering 
expenses) and closed on April 8, 2019. The update included revised projections of stockholder equity based upon the actual 
amount  of  proceeds  raised  during  the  public  offering,  which  in  the  Company’s  opinion  was  sufficient  to  cure  the 
stockholder equity deficiency. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  May  20,  2019  the  Company  received  a  letter  from  Nasdaq  confirming  that  the  Company  has  regained 
compliance with the minimum shareholders’ equity rule, as required by the Panel’s decision dated April 4, 2019, and is in 
compliance with other applicable requirements as set forth in the decision and required for listing on Nasdaq. Accordingly, 
the Panel has determined to continue the listing of the Company’s securities on Nasdaq and closed the matter. 

FINRA Review 

On April 4, 2019, FINRA notified the Company that it was conducting a routine review of the Company’s stock 
associated with two public announcements and asked several questions regarding: (i) an April 3, 2019 announcement that 
the Company had won a contract with a leading oil and gas operator; and (ii) an April 4, 2019 announcement of the pricing 
of an underwritten public offering. The Company provided its response to the FINRA questions on Tuesday, April 9, 2019. 
As of July 22, 2019, FINRA has not provided any follow-up. 

Spain Income Tax Audit 

The Company is currently undergoing an income tax audit in Spain for the period from 2008 to 2014, when our 
Spanish branch was closed. The branch reported net operating losses for each of the years reported that the Spanish tax 
inspector claims should have been capitalized on the balance sheet instead of charged as an expense in the Statement of 
Operations. As of April 30, 2017, the Company had recorded a penalty of $132,000 to Selling, general and administrative 
costs  in  the  Statement  of  Operations.  The  Spanish  tax  inspector  has  recently  closed  its  discussion  relating  to  the 
capitalization of expenses and as of April 30, 2018 the Company reversed the penalty. However, during the year-ended 
April 30, 2018 the Spanish tax inspector has now raised questions with respect to the Company’s recognition of funds 
received in 2011 to 2014 from a governmental grant from the European Commission in connection with the Waveport 
project. It is anticipated that we will be assessed a penalty relating to these tax years. The Company has estimated this 
penalty to be $177,000 and as of April 30, 2019 and 2018 has recorded the penalty in Accrued expenses in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet. 

Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

None. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM  5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Stockholders 

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, under the symbol “OPTT.” As of June 28, 2019, there 
were 142 holders of record for shares of our common stock. Since a portion of our common stock is held in “street” or 
nominee name, we are unable to determine the exact number of beneficial holders. 

Dividend Policy 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not currently anticipate 
declaring or paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all of our 
future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination relating to our 
dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including 
future  earnings,  capital  requirements,  financial  conditions,  future  prospects,  contractual  restrictions  and  covenants  and 
other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. 

Transfer Agent Information 

Our transfer agent is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Computershare is located at 250 Royall Street, Canton, 
MA 02021-1011. Its contact information is: United States and Canada: (800) 662 - 7232, International (781) 575 - 4238 
and its website is located at www.computershare.com. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

The following table details our share repurchases for the three months ended April 30, 2019: 

Period 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased         

Average Price 
Paid per Share 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of  
Publicly 

Announced Plans         

Approximate 
Dollar  
Value of Shares 
that May Yet Be 
Purchased Under 
the Plan 

February 1 - February 28 .....       
March 1 - March 31 .............       
April 1 - April 30 .................       

-      $ 
-      $ 
-      $ 

-        
-        
-        

-        
-        
-        

-   
-   
-   

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

See “Part III, Item 12- Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters- Equity Compensation Plan Information.” 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds 

There have been no unregistered sales of equity securities or purchases of equity securities that are required to be 

disclosed. 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Not Applicable. 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND  RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together 
with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related 
financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” 
section of this Annual Report, and elsewhere in this report, for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual 
results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the 
following discussion and analysis. Our fiscal year ends on April 30. References to fiscal 2019 are to the fiscal year ended 
April 30, 2019. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
        
  
  
     
         
         
         
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview 

We are commercializing proprietary systems that generate electricity predominantly by harnessing the renewable 
energy of ocean waves. Our PB3 PowerBuoy® systems use proprietary technologies to convert the mechanical energy 
created  by  the  rising  and  falling  of  ocean  waves  into  electricity.  We  currently  have  developed  our  PB3  PowerBuoy® 
product and are in process of developing two new complementary products, the hybrid PowerBuoy® and subsea battery 
solutions. Since fiscal 2002, government agencies have accounted for a significant portion of our revenues. These revenues 
were largely for the support of our product development efforts relating to our technology. Today our goal is to generate 
the majority of revenue from the sale of products and services, and sales and services to support our business operations. 
As we continue to develop and commercialize our products and services, we expect to have a net use of cash in operating 
activities unless or until we achieve positive cash flow from the commercialization of our products and services. 

We are marketing our PowerBuoy®, which is designed to generate power for use independent of the power grid, 
to customers that require electricity in remote locations. We believe there are a variety of potential applications for our 
PowerBuoy®, within markets such as oil and gas, defense and security, science and research and communications, which 
we refer to collectively as autonomous application markets. 

We were incorporated in New Jersey in 1984, began business operations in 1994, and were re-incorporated in 
Delaware in 2007. We currently have five wholly-owned subsidiaries: Ocean Power Technologies Ltd., organized under 
the laws of the United Kingdom, Reedsport OPT Wave Park LLC, organized under the laws of Oregon, and Oregon Wave 
Energy  Partners  I,  LLC,  organized  under  the  laws  of  Delaware,  Ocean  Power  Technologies  (Australasia)  Pty  Ltd 
(“OPTA”), organized under the laws of Australia. OPTA owns 100% of Victorian Wave Partners Pty. Ltd. (“VWP”), which 
is also organized under the laws of Australia. 

Product Development 

The development of our technology has been funded by capital we raised, by development engineering contracts 
we received starting in fiscal 1995, including projects with the DOE, the U.S. Navy, the Department of Homeland Security, 
and revenue generating projects with MES, PMO and Eni. Please see Item 1 of this Annual Report- “Business - Customers” 
and “Business - Historic Projects” for more information. 

Through  these  historic  projects,  we  also  continued  development  of  our  PowerBuoy®  technologies.  We  are 
continuing to focus on marketing and developing our PowerBuoy® products and services for use in autonomous power 
applications. 

During  fiscal  2019,  we  continued  to  focus  on  the  commercialization  of  our  PowerBuoy®  technology,  while 
expanding  the  application  of  our  PB3  product  in  autonomous  application  markets.  In  March  2018,  we  entered  into  an 
agreement  with  Eni  that  provides  for  a  minimum  24-month  contract  that  includes  a  lease  and  associated  project 
management. In June 2018, we entered into a contract with PMO for the lease of a PB3 PowerBuoy® to be deployed in 
one of PMO’s offshore fields in the North Sea. In August 2018, we entered into an agreement with EGP to evaluate a PB3 
PowerBuoy® deployment along the coast of Chile through a detailed feasibility study as an offshore autonomous platform 
hosting oceanographic sensor systems. In February 2019, we entered into a contract with the U.S. Navy to carry out the 
first phase of a project to design and develop a buoy mooring system which incorporates fiber optics for the transmission 
of subsea sensor data to airplanes, ships, and satellites. 

In November 2017 we completed the Phase I work under the contract with ONR which focused on the initial 
concept design and development of a mass-on-spring PTO-based PowerBuoy®. We are waiting for ONR funding to be 
approved for the next phase. Working closely with potential customers, we also continued to analyze and further develop 
new applications for the PowerBuoy® including subsea well monitoring for oil and gas, Autonomous Underwater Vehicle 
(“AUV”) charging, and independent telecommunications platforms. 

In  addition  to  the  PB3  commercial  product  validation  activities,  a  concerted  effort  has  been  underway  which 
focuses on proactively implementing additional features driven by extensive and direct discussions with potential users, 
customers, marketing partners and end users in our target markets. Such features include: 

●  The design, development and implementation of a versatile mooring interface that allows the PB3 to 
accommodate various types of mooring configurations depending on the specifics and the needs of the 
customer, eliminating the need for a redesign of the device. 

●  The  design,  development  and  implementation  of  a  flexible  power  transmission  system  intended  to 
support delivery of power and communication capabilities to customer payloads which are external to 
the PowerBuoy®, and which may reside in the water column or on the seabed. 

●  The design and development of a combined power and communications single point mooring solution 

that allows for quick deployment of the PowerBuoy®. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Additionally, and building upon our initial success in implementing an auto-ballast system in our commercial 

PB3, we further enhanced this feature to achieve faster and more cost effective PB3 deployments and retrievals. 

As previously stated, the PB3 has achieved commercial status through a series of design iterations which focused 
on improving its reliability and survivability in the ocean environment. Though the PB3 will continue to undergo further 
enhancements through customary product life cycle management, we believe the PB3 has achieved a maturity level for 
immediate commercial use. We believe that the PB3 will generate and store sufficient power to address various application 
requirements in our target markets. Our product development and engineering efforts are focused, in part, on increasing 
the energy output and efficiency of our PowerBuoys® and, if we are able to do so, we believe the PowerBuoy® would be 
useful for additional applications where cost savings and additional power are required by our potential customers. We 
continue  to  explore  opportunities  in  these  target  markets.  We  believe  that  by  demonstrating  the  capability  of  our 
PowerBuoy® in oil & gas and telecommunications applications, we can advance our technology and gain further adoption 
from our target markets. We continue to improve design and manufacturing of the PB3 to enhance our ability to improve 
customer value, displace incumbent solutions, and become the preferred power source for new and existing applications in 
our target markets. 

We are utilizing our experience with multiple commercial PB3 deployments globally to continually improve our 
product so that we have higher energy efficiency, additional mooring capability, platform flexibility and higher reliability. 
For example, the redesigned PB3 leverages our knowledge base from past designs to incorporate new design features which 
we believe will improve its reliability and efficiency. 

In November 2018, the Company announced several new product offerings including the hybrid PowerBuoy®, 

subsea battery solutions and support services. 

●  hybrid PowerBuoy® - The Company is in the process of creating a hybrid PowerBuoy® that will be a 
smaller liquid-fueled surface buoy, compared to the wave power based PB3 PowerBuoy®, capable of 
providing reliable power in remote offshore locations. This product is to be highly complementary to the 
PB3 PowerBuoy® by providing the Company the opportunity to address a broader spectrum of customer 
deployment needs, with the potential for greater Company integration within each customer project. It is 
primarily intended for shorter term deployment applications such as eROV and AUV inspections and 
short-term maintenance, topside surveillance and communications, and subsea equipment and controls. 
The  hybrid  PowerBuoy®  is  anticipated  to  be  a  lightweight,  quickly  deployable  and  cost-effective 
solution.  The  design  is  also  anticipated  to  have  a  high  payload  capacity  for  communications  and 
surveillance,  with  the  capability  of  being  tethered  to  subsea  payloads  and  battery  packs,  or  with  a 
conventional anchor mooring system. The Company intends to design the hybrid PowerBuoy®, with a 
Stirling engine, to outperform traditional diesel buoys, which we believe to have more frequent service 
and refueling intervals. We believe the hybrid PowerBuoy® will be able to operate in an environmentally 
safer manner using more robust fuels, while operating over a wider temperature range than diesel buoys. 
●  Subsea battery solutions - The Company is in the process of creating a sea floor energy storage solution 
for remote offshore operations. These subsea battery systems will contain lithium ion batteries, which 
provide high power density, to supply power that can enable subsea equipment, sensors, communications 
and AUVs and electric remotely operated vehicles (eROV) recharge. The Company’s PB3 PowerBuoy® 
is  complimentary  to  subsea  battery  systems  by  providing  a  means  for  recharging  during  longer  term 
deployments,  or  the  subsea battery  systems  can  be used independently for shorter  term  deployments. 
Ideal for many remote offshore customer applications, these subsea battery systems are anticipated to be 
high performance, cost-efficient,  and quickly  deployable. Given  the  Company’s  expertise  in offshore 
energy storage systems from existing PB3 PowerBuoy® technology, the subsea battery solutions will 
provide an opportunity for the Company to differentiate through technical, cost and delivery leadership. 
●  Support services – The Company offers customers a comprehensive range of support services that meet 
their specific needs. These support services include innovation services, remote monitoring, extended 
service  agreements,  customization  and  pre-packaged  payload  options,  engineering-design-testing 
services, mooring design, and marine services. These same support services will be extended to the new 
subsea battery solution and hybrid PowerBuoy® products. 

33 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Capital Raises 

On  June  2,  2016,  we  entered  into  a  securities  purchase  agreement,  which  was  amended  on  June  7,  2016  (as 
amended, the “Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional purchasers (the “Purchasers”). Pursuant to the terms of the 
Purchase Agreement, we sold an aggregate of 20,850 shares of common stock together with warrants to purchase up to an 
aggregate of 7,298 shares of common stock. Each share of common stock was sold together with a warrant to purchase 
0.35 of a share of common stock at a combined purchase price of $92.00. The net proceeds from the offering to us were 
approximately  $1.7  million,  after  deducting  placement  agent  fees  and  estimated  offering  expenses  payable  by  us,  but 
excluding the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of the warrants issued in the offering. The warrants have an exercise price 
of $121.60 per share, will be exercisable on December 8, 2016, and will expire five years following the date of issuance. 
The Company paid the placement agents approximately $100,000 as placement agent fees in connection with the sale of 
securities in the offering. The Company also reimbursed the placement agents $35,000 for their out of pocket and legal 
expenses in connection with the offering. 

On July 22, 2016, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to the Purchase Agreement (the “Second 
Amended  Purchase  Agreement”)  with  certain  purchasers  (the  “July  Purchasers”).  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Second 
Amended Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 29,750 shares of Common Stock together with warrants 
to purchase up to an aggregate of 8,925 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold together with a 
warrant to purchase 0.30 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $135.00. The net proceeds to the 
Company from the offering were approximately $3.6 million, after deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering 
expenses payable by  the  Company,  but  excluding  the  proceeds,  if  any,  from  the  exercise  of  the  warrants  issued  in  the 
offering. The Warrants were exercisable immediately at an exercise price of $187.20 per share. The Warrants will expire 
on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the initial date of issuance. 

On October 19, 2016, the Company sold 138,000 shares of common stock at a price of $55.00 per share, which 
includes the sale of 18,000 shares of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, 
of the over-allotment option by the underwriters in a public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering 
were approximately $6.9 million, after deducting placement agent fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On May 2, 2017, the Company sold 309,638 shares of common stock at a price of $26.00 per share, which includes 
the sale of 40,388 shares of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the 
over-allotment option by the underwriters in a public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were 
approximately $7.2 million, after deducting placement agent fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On October 23, 2017, the Company sold 286,972 shares of common stock at a price of $28.40 per share in a best 
efforts  public  offering.  The  net  proceeds  to  the  Company  from  the  offering  were  approximately  $7.4  million,  after 
deducting placement fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On August 13, 2018, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement with Aspire Capital Fund, 
LLC  (“Aspire  Capital”)  which  provides  that,  subject  to  certain  terms,  conditions  and  limitations,  Aspire  Capital  is 
committed to purchase up to an aggregate of $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock over a 30-month 
period that does not exceed 19.99% of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. Shareholder approval 
was not needed since the number of common stock offered for sale in the common stock purchase agreement did not exceed 
19.99% of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. In consideration for entering into the agreement, 
the Company issued to Aspire Capital 21,429 shares of our common stock as a commitment fee. As of April 30, 2019, the 
Company has sold 162,162 shares of common stock with an aggregate market value of $949,259 at an average price of 
$5.85 per share pursuant to this common stock purchase agreement. 

On January 7, 2019, the Company entered into an At the Market Offering Agreement (“2019 ATM Facility”) with 
A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (“AGP”), under which the Company may issue and sell to or through A.G.P./Alliance 
Global Partners, acting as agent and/or principal, shares of the Company’s common stock having an aggregate offering 
price of up to $25 million. As of April 30, 2019, under the 2019 ATM Facility the Company had issued and sold 151,561 
shares of its common stock with an aggregate market value of $958,229 at an average price of $6.32 per share and paid 
AGP a sales commission of approximately $33,469 related to those shares. 

On April 8, 2019, the Company sold 1,542,000 shares of common stock, which includes the sale of 642,000 shares 
of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the over-allotment option by the 
underwriters in a public offering, prefunded warrants to purchase up to 3,385,680 shares of common stock and common 
warrants to purchase up to 4,927,680 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering. The net proceeds to 
the Company from the offering were approximately $15.7 million, after deducting underwriter fees and offering expenses 
payable by the Company. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The sale of additional equity or convertible securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. If additional 
funds are raised through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock, these securities could have rights senior to those 
associated with our common stock and could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We do not have any 
committed sources of debt or equity financing and we cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on 
terms  acceptable  to  us when  needed,  or  at  all.  If we are unable to obtain required financing when needed, we may be 
required to reduce the scope of our operations, including our planned product development and marketing efforts, which 
could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. If we are unable to secure additional 
financing, we may be forced to cease our operations. 

Backlog 

As of April 30, 2019, our negotiated backlog was $0.9 million. As of April 30, 2018, our negotiated backlog was 
$0.7 million. Our backlog can include unfilled firm orders for our products and services from commercial and governmental 
customers.  If  any  of  our  contracts  were  to  be  terminated,  our  backlog  would  be  reduced  by  the  expected  value  of  the 
remaining terms of such contract. 

The  amount  of  contract  backlog  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  revenue  because  modifications  to,  or 
terminations of present contracts and production delays can provide additional revenue or reduce anticipated revenue. A 
substantial portion of our revenue has been for the support of our product development efforts. These revenues are mostly 
recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, and changes in estimates from time to time may have a significant 
effect on revenue and backlog. Our backlog is also typically subject to large variations from time to time due to the timing 
of new awards. 

Going Concern 

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. We have experienced 
substantial and recurring losses from operations, which losses have caused an accumulated deficit of $209.8 million at 
April 30, 2019. Based on the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balances as of April 30, 2019, the 
Company believes that it will be able to finance its capital requirements and operations into the quarter ending July 31, 
2020. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our consolidated financial statements for the year 
ended April 30, 2019, contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern, based on, 
among other factors, that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to raise additional external 
capital and increase revenues. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going 
concern. Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this 
uncertainty. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in our efforts to generate revenues, become profitable, raise 
additional outside capital or to continue as a going concern. If we are not successful in our efforts to raise additional capital 
sufficient to support our operations, we would be forced to cease operations, in which event investors would lose their 
entire investment in our company. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations set forth below are based on our 
consolidated  financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles  (U.S.  GAAP).  The  preparation  of  these  consolidated  financial  statements  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and 
judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate 
our  estimates  and  judgments,  including  those  described  below.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on 
various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates and assumptions form 
the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other 
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

We believe the following accounting policies require significant judgment and estimates by us in the preparation 

of our consolidated financial statements. 

Legal contingencies 

As  discussed  in  Part  I,  Item  3  of  this  Annual  Report  under  the  heading  “Legal  Proceedings”  and  in  Note  14, 
“Commitments and Contingencies,” in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company is currently subject 
to various legal proceedings and claims. The Company records a contingent liability when it is probable that a loss has 
been  incurred  and  the  amount  is  reasonably  estimable  in  accordance  with  ASC  Topic  450,  Contingencies:  Loss 
Contingencies. There is a significant judgment required in both the probability determination and as to whether an exposure 
can be reasonably estimated since the outcome of legal proceedings and claims brought against the Company are subject 
to significant uncertainty. In management’s opinion, any reasonable possible losses in addition to the amounts accrued for 
litigation,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  could  possibly  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  financial  condition  or 
operating results. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue recognition 

A performance  obligation  is  the unit of account for revenue recognition.  The  Company  assesses  the goods  or 
services promised in a contract with a customer and identifies as a performance obligation either: a) a good or service (or 
a bundle of goods or services) that is distinct; or b) a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same and 
that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. A contract may contain a single or multiple performance obligations. 
For  contracts  with  multiple  performance  obligations,  the  Company  allocates  the  contracted  transaction  price  to  each 
performance obligation based upon the relative standalone selling price, which represents the price the Company would 
sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. The Company determines the standalone selling price based upon 
the facts and circumstances of each obligated good or service. The majority of the Company’s contracts have no observable 
standalone selling price since the associated products and services are customized to customer specifications. As such, the 
standalone selling price generally reflects the Company’s forecast of the total cost to satisfy the performance obligation 
plus an appropriate profit margin. 

The nature of the Company’s contracts may give rise to several types of variable consideration, including claims 
and unpriced change orders; awards and incentive fees; and liquidated damages and penalties. Variable consideration can 
also arise from modifications to the scope of services. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price to the 
extent  it  is  probable  that  a  significant  reversal  of  cumulative  revenue  recognized  will  not  occur  once  the  uncertainty 
associated with the variable consideration is resolved. Our estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether 
to include such amounts in the transaction price are based largely on our assessment of legal enforceability, performance 
and any other information (historical, current, and forecasted) that is reasonably available to us. 

The Company recognizes revenue when or as it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a good or service 
to a customer, either (1) at a point in time or (2) over time. A good or service is transferred when or as the customer obtains 
control of it. The evaluation of whether control of each performance obligation is transferred at a point in time or over time 
is made at contract inception. Input measures such as costs incurred or time elapsed are utilized to assess progress against 
specific contractual performance obligations for the Company’s services. The selection of the method to measure progress 
towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the services to be provided. For the Company, the 
input  method  using  costs  incurred  or  time  elapsed  best  represents  the  measure  of  progress  against  the  performance 
obligations incorporated within the contractual agreements. When the Company’s estimate of total costs to be incurred to 
satisfy the performance obligations exceed revenue, the Company recognizes the loss immediately. 

Warrant accounting 

The Company accounts for warrants issued in connection with its public offerings in accordance with the guidance 
on “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” in Topic 480 which 
provides that warrants meeting the classification of a liability award are recorded as a liability at its fair value. The warrant 
liabilities are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The 
Company recognizes any change in fair value in its consolidated statements of operations within “Gain due to the change 
in fair value of warrant liabilities”. The Company will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrants for changes in 
the estimated fair value until such time as these instruments are exercised or expire. At that time, the liabilities will be 
reclassified to “Additional paid-in capital”, a component of “Stockholders’ equity” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
The common warrants issued in connection with the Company’s public offerings in June and July 2016 met the criteria of 
a liability award and were classified to warrant liabilities. The pre-funded and common warrants issued in the Company’s 
April 8, 2019 public offering did not meet  the criteria required to be classified as a liability award and therefore were 
treated as an equity award. 

Financial Operations Overview 

Over the next several years, it is our goal to fund the majority of our product development efforts with sources 
from commercial relationships, including cost-sharing agreements. If we are unable to obtain commercial relationships or 
cost-sharing arrangements, we may be forced to curtail our development expenses and scope to reduce our overall expenses. 
We recently narrowed our development focus to the PB3 to drive toward commercialization of that product and to reduce 
our overall expenses. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information regarding the breakdown of our revenues by customer for fiscal years 

2019 and 2018: 

   Twelve months ended April 30,    

2019 

2018 

(in thousands) 

Eni S.p.A. ...........................................................     $ 
Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding ...................       
Premier Oil UK Limited ....................................       
Office of Naval Research ...................................       
Other ..................................................................       
   $ 

341      $ 
-        
206        
-        
85        
632      $ 

171   
218   
51   
71   
-   
511   

We currently focus our sales and marketing efforts on parts of North America, Europe, South America and Asia. 
The following table shows the percentage of our revenues by geographical location of our customers for fiscal 2019 and 
2018: 

Customer Location 

   Twelve months ended April 30,   

2019 

2018 

Asia ...................................................................      
Europe ...............................................................      
United States .....................................................      

0 %     
92 %     
8 %     
100 %     

43 % 
43 % 
14 % 
100 % 

Foreign exchange loss 

We transact business in various countries and have exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. 
Foreign exchange gains and losses arise in the translation of foreign-denominated assets and liabilities, which may result 
in realized and unrealized gains or losses from exchange rate fluctuations. Since we conduct our business in US dollars 
and our  functional  currency  is  the  US dollar, our  main  foreign  exchange  exposure,  if  any,  results  from  changes  in  the 
exchange  rate  between  the  US  dollar  and  the  British  pounds  sterling,  the  Euro  and  the  Australian  dollar.  Due  to  the 
macroeconomic pressures in certain European countries, foreign exchange rates may become more volatile in the future. 

We maintain cash accounts that are denominated in British pounds sterling, Euros and Australian dollars. These 
foreign denominated accounts had a balance of $0.7 million as of April 30, 2019 and $1.0 million as of April 30, 2018, 
compared to our total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash balances of $17.2 million as of April 30, 2019 and $12.3 
million as of April 30, 2018. These foreign currency balances are translated at each month end to our functional currency, 
the US dollar, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in our results of operations. 

In addition, a portion of our operations is conducted through our subsidiaries in countries other than the United 
States, specifically Ocean Power Technologies Ltd. in the United Kingdom, the functional currency of which is the British 
pound sterling, and Ocean Power Technologies (Australasia) Pty Ltd. in Australia, the functional currency of which is the 
Australian dollar. Both of these subsidiaries have foreign exchange exposure that results from changes in the exchange rate 
between their functional currency and other foreign currencies in which they conduct business. 

We  currently  do  not  hedge  our  exchange  rate  exposure.  However,  we  assess  the  anticipated  foreign  currency 
working capital requirements and capital asset acquisitions of our foreign operations and attempt to maintain a portion of 
our cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies sufficient to satisfy these anticipated requirements. We 
also assess the need and cost to utilize financial instruments to hedge currency exposures on an ongoing basis and may 
hedge against exchange rate exposure in the future. 

Results of Operations 

This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion below under “- Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

37 

 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
    
       
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Years Ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 

The  following  table  contains  selected  statement  of  operations  information,  which  serves  as  the  basis  of  the 

discussion of our results of operations for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018: 

Twelve months ended April 30, 

2019 

2018 

(in thousands) 

% change 
2019 period to    
2018 period 

632      $ 
1,303        
(671 )      

4,984        
7,616        
12,600        
(13,271 )      

195        
35        
-        
(55 )      
(13,096 )      
850        
(12,246 )    $ 

511        
763        
(252 )      

4,320        
6,988        
11,308        
(11,560 )      

122        
83        
4        
75        
(11,276 )      
1,119        
(10,157 )      

24 % 
71 % 

15 % 
9 % 

60 % 
-58 % 
-100 % 
-173 % 
16 % 
-24 % 
21 % 

Revenues .....................................................................     $ 
Cost of revenues ..........................................................       
Gross loss ............................................................       

Operating expenses: 

Engineering and product development costs ...........       
Selling, general and administrative costs ................       
Total operating expenses .....................................       
Operating loss .............................................................       
Gain due to the change in fair value of warrant 
liabilities .....................................................................       
Interest income, net .....................................................       
Other income ..............................................................       
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) ......................................       
Loss before income taxes ............................................       
Income tax benefit ...............................................       
Net loss .......................................................................     $ 

Revenues 

Revenues for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 were approximately $0.6 million and $0.5 million, 
respectively. The increase of approximately $0.1 million or 24% over 2018 was attributable to more new contracts signed 
and started at the end of fiscal year 2018 and beginning of fiscal year 2019 relating to Eni, PMO, EGP, and the U.S. Navy 
SBIR grant. The MES and ONR contracts were completed in the first half of fiscal 2018. 

Cost of revenues 

Cost of revenues consists primarily of incurred material, labor and manufacturing overhead expenses, such as 
engineering  expense,  equipment  depreciation  and  maintenance  and  facility  related  expenses,  and  includes  the  cost  of 
PowerBuoy® parts and services supplied by third-party suppliers. Cost of revenues also includes PowerBuoy® system 
delivery and deployment expenses and may include anticipated losses at completion on certain contracts. 

Cost of revenues for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 were approximately $1.3 million and $0.8 
million, respectively. The increase of approximately $0.5 million, or 71%, over 2018 mostly due to higher upfront spending 
and material costs on the new customer contracts in fiscal 2019 as compared to the same period in the fiscal 2018. During 
fiscal  2018,  all  of  projects  were  completed  in  the  first  half  of  the  year  and  spending  on  the  new  customer  contracts 
commenced in the fourth quarter, 2018. 

Engineering and product development costs 

Our engineering and product development costs consist of salaries and other personnel-related costs and the costs 
of  products,  materials  and  outside  services  used  in  our  product  development  and  unfunded  research  activities.  Our 
engineering and product development costs relate primarily to our efforts to increase the power output and reliability of 
our PowerBuoy® system, and the development of new products, product applications and complementary technologies. 
We expense all our engineering and product development costs as incurred. 

Engineering  and  product  development  costs  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  April  30,  2019  were  $5.0  million  as 
compared to $4.3 million for fiscal year 2018. The increase of $0.7 million, or 15%, is due to higher spending on new 
products being developed, PB3 PowerBuoy® builds for future customer contracts, and higher personnel costs as compared 
to the same period in fiscal 2018. 

38 

 
 
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
     
       
       
  
    
     
         
         
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative costs 

Our selling, general and administrative costs consist primarily of professional fees, salaries and other personnel-
related costs for employees and consultants engaged in sales and marketing and support of our PowerBuoy® systems and 
costs for executive, accounting and administrative personnel, professional fees and other general corporate expenses. 

Selling, general and administrative costs during the fiscal year months ended April 30, 2019 were $7.6 million as 
compared to $7.0 for fiscal year 2018. The increase of $0.6 million, or 9%, is primarily attributable to higher investor 
relations costs of $0.4 million, higher professional fees of $0.2 million and higher sales and marketing of $0.1 million 
partly offset by lower spending of $0.1 million in employee related costs. 

Gain due to the change in fair value of warrant liabilities 

The change in fair value of warrant liabilities during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019 was an unrealized gain 
of $195,000 versus an unrealized gain of $122,000 for the fiscal months ended April 30, 2018. The change between periods 
is mainly due to a lower stock price for the twelve months ended April 30, 2019. 

Interest income, net 

Interest  income,  net  consists  of  interest  received  on  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  investments  in  money  market 
accounts and interest expense paid on certain obligations to third parties. Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 
were $17.2 million as of April 30, 2019, compared to $12.3 million as of April 30, 2018. 

Interest income, net during the fiscal year 2019 was approximately $35,000 compared to $83,000 for fiscal 2018. 

The decrease in interest income year over year is due to a lower average cash balance in fiscal year 2019. 

Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 

Foreign exchange loss was approximately $55,000 for fiscal year 2019 as compared to a foreign exchange gain 
of $75,000 for fiscal year 2018. The difference was attributable primarily to the relative change in value of the British 
pound sterling, Euro and Australian dollar compared to the U.S. dollar during the two periods. 

Income tax benefit 

During the fiscal years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company sold New Jersey State net operating losses 
and  research  and  development  credits  in  the  amount  of  $9.1  million  and  $11.5  million,  respectively,  resulting  in  the 
recognition  of  income  tax  benefits  of  $0.9  million  and  $1.1  million,  respectively.  The  Company  has  a  full  valuation 
allowance against its deferred tax assets. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Since our inception, the cash flows from customer revenues have not been sufficient to fund our operations and 
provide the capital resources for our business. For the two years ended April 30, 2019, our aggregate revenues were $1.1 
million, our aggregate net losses  were $22.4 million and our aggregate net cash used in operating activities was $22.8 
million. 

Net cash used in operating activities 

Net cash flows used in operating activities during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019 were $12.1 million, an 
increase of $1.4 million, when compared to $10.7 million during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018. The change was the 
result of an increase in net loss of $2.1 million and payment of deferred credits of $0.6 million partly offset by the net 
change in operating assets and liabilities of $1.3 million. 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  approximately  $29,000  for  fiscal year  2019 versus  net  cash  used  by 
investing activities of approximately $658,000 for fiscal year 2018. The change was primarily the result of the Company’s 
decreased spending on equipment and leasehold improvements relating to its new facility in Monroe, New Jersey. 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  approximately  $17.2  million  in  fiscal  year  2019,  and  net  cash 
provided by financing activities was approximately $14.6 million for fiscal 2018. The increase in net cash provided in 
fiscal year 2019 compared to fiscal year 2018 was due primarily to the Company receiving more proceeds from sales of its 
common stock in fiscal year 2019. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 

The effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents was a reduction of approximately $80,000 in fiscal year 
2019, a decrease of $168,000 from fiscal year 2018, respectively. The effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 
results  primarily  from  gains  or  losses  on  consolidation  of  foreign  subsidiaries  and  foreign  denominated  cash  and  cash 
equivalents. 

Liquidity Outlook 

Our financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. We have experienced 
substantial and recurring losses from operations, which losses have caused an accumulated deficit of $209.8 million at 
April 30, 2019. We generated revenues of only $0.6 million in fiscal year 2019, and $0.5 million in fiscal year 2018. Based 
on the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balances as of April 30, 2019, the Company believes that it 
will be able to finance its capital requirements and operations into the quarter ending July 31, 2020. These conditions raise 
substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. 

We  expect  to  devote  substantial  resources  to  continue  our  development  efforts  for  our  PowerBuoys®  and  to 
expand  our  sales,  marketing  and  manufacturing  programs  associated  with  the  planned  commercialization  of  the 
PowerBuoys®. Our future capital requirements will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to: 

●  our ability to commercialize our PowerBuoys®, and achieve and sustain profitability; 
●  our continued development of our proprietary technologies, and expected continued use of cash from 
operating  activities  unless  or  until  we  achieve  positive  cash  flow  from  the  commercialization  of  our 
products and services; 

●  our ability to obtain additional funding, as and if needed which will be subject to a number of factors, 

including market conditions, and our operating performance; 

●  our estimates regarding expenses, future revenues and capital requirements; 
● 
the adequacy of our cash balances and our need for additional financings; 
●  our ability to develop and manufacture a commercially viable PowerBuoy® product; 
●  our ability to successfully develop and market new products, such as a hybrid PowerBuoy® or subsea 

● 

battery solutions; 
that we will be successful in our efforts to commercialize our PowerBuoy® or the timetable upon which 
commercialization can be achieved, if at all; 

●  our ability to identify and penetrate markets for our PowerBuoys® and our wave energy technology; 
●  our ability to implement our commercialization strategy as planned, or at all; 
●  our  relationships  with  our  strategic  partners  may  not  be  successful  and  we  may  not  be  successful  in 

establishing additional relationships; 

the reliability of our technology and our PowerBuoys®; 

●  our ability to maintain the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market; 
● 
●  our ability to improve the power output, survivability and reliability of our PowerBuoys®; 
● 
● 

the impact of pending and threatened litigation on our business, financial condition and liquidity; 
changes in current legislation, regulations and economic conditions that affect the demand for renewable 
energy; 

●  our ability to compete effectively in our target markets; 
●  our limited operating history and history of operating losses; 
●  our sales and marketing capabilities and strategy in the United States and internationally; and 
●  our ability to protect our intellectual property portfolio. 

Our business is capital intensive, and, to date, we have been funding our business principally through sales of our 
securities, and we expect to continue to fund our business with sales of our securities and, to a limited extent, with our 
revenues until, if ever, we generate sufficient cash flow to internally fund our business. This is largely a result of the high 
engineering and product development costs associated with our product development. We anticipate that our operating 
expenses will be approximately $14.4 million in fiscal year 2020 including product development spending of more than 
$7.4 million. We may choose to reduce our operating expenses through personnel reductions, and reductions in our research 
and  development  and  other  operating  costs  during  the  fiscal  year  2020,  if  we  are  not successful  in  our  efforts  to  raise 
additional capital. We cannot assure you that we will be able to increase our revenues and cash flow to a level which would 
support our operations and provide sufficient funds to pay our obligations for the foreseeable future. Further, we cannot 
assure you that we will be able to secure additional financing or raise additional capital or, if we are successful in our 
efforts to raise additional capital, of the terms and conditions upon which any such financing would be extended. If we are 
unable to raise additional capital when needed or generate positive cash flow, it is unlikely that we will be able to continue 
as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this 
uncertainty. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Since inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet financing activities. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 
No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” ASU 2014-09 outlines a new, single comprehensive 
model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current 
revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. This new revenue recognition model provides a five-
step analysis in determining when and how revenue is recognized. The new model will require revenue recognition to 
depict  the  transfer of  promised  goods or  services  to  customers  in  an  amount  that reflects  the  consideration  a  company 
expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The FASB subsequently issued additional clarifying standards 
to address issues arising from implementation of the new revenue standard, including a one-year deferral of the effective 
date for the new revenue standard. Public companies should now apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting 
periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted 
only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that annual period. 
Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adopt ASU 2014-09. Under the full 
retrospective method, the standard would be applied to each prior reporting period presented and the cumulative effect of 
applying the standard would be recognized at the earliest period shown. Under the modified retrospective  method, the 
cumulative  effect  of  applying  the  standard would  be  recognized  at  the  date  of  application.  Effective  May  1,  2018,  the 
Company adopted the requirements of ASU 2014-09 using the modified retrospective method. As a practical expedient, 
the Company adopted the new standard only for existing contracts as of May 1, 2018, the date of adoption. Any contracts 
that had expired prior to May 1, 2018 were not evaluated against the new standard. The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 
and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or 
cash flows. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” which amends the existing guidance 
on accounting for leases. Topic 842 was further clarified and amended within ASU 2017-13, ASU 2018-01, ASU 2018-
10, ASU 2018-11 and ASU 2018-20. The new standard establishes a right-of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to 
record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms greater than twelve months or leases 
that  contain  a  purchase  option  that  is  reasonably  certain  to  be  exercised.  Leases  will  be  classified  as  either  finance  or 
operating,  with  classification  affecting  the  pattern  of  expense  recognition  in  the  income  statement.  ASU  2016-02  is 
effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those annual periods, 
with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  company  will  adopt  Topic  842  during  the  first  quarter  of  2019  using  the  modified 
retrospective method. The new guidance will be applied to leases that exist or are entered into on or after May 1, 2019 
without adjusting comparative periods in the financial statements. The Company expects to utilize the package of practical 
expedients in ASC 842-10-65-1(f) that, upon adoption of Topic 842, allows entities to (1) not reassess whether any expired 
or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) retain the classification of leases (e.g., operating or finance lease) existing as 
of the date of adoption and (3) not reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases. Based on the most recent assessment 
of existing leases, the Company expects to record a right-of-use asset and a lease liability in the range of $1.0 to $2.0 
million that will be included on the balance sheet as of May 1, 2019. The Company does not expect the adoption of Topic 
842 to have a material impact on the company’s results of operations or cash flows. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain 
Cash Receipts and Cash Payments” providing additional guidance on eight specific cash flow classification issues. The 
goal of the ASU is to reduce diversity in practice of classifying certain items. The amendments in the ASU are effective 
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is 
permitted. The Company adopted the standard on May 1, 2018 and determined the standard had no impact on its financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows. 

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, “Compensation — Stock Compensation (ASC Topic 718): Scope 
of Modification Accounting,” which clarifies when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award 
must be accounted for as a modification. Entities should apply the modification accounting guidance if the value, vesting 
conditions or classification of the award changes. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted 
the standard on May 1, 2018 and determined the standard no impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820).” The ASU modifies, 
removes and adds several disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. The 
ASU 2018-13 is effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after 
December  15,  2019.  The  amendments  on  changes  in  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  the  range  and  weighted  average  of 
significant  unobservable  inputs  used  to  develop  Level  3  fair  value  measurements,  and  the  narrative  description  of 
measurement uncertainty should be applied prospectively for only the most recent interim or annual period presented in 
the initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon 
their effective date. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of ASU 2018-13. An entity is permitted to early adopt any 
removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of ASU 2018-13 and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until 
their effective date. The Company is evaluating the effect ASU 2018-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements 
and disclosures and has not yet determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-15,  “Intangibles  —  Goodwill  and  Other  —  Internal-Use 
Software (Subtopic 350-40).” The ASU provides for the recognition of an intangible asset for the costs of internal-use 
software licenses included in a cloud computing arrangement. Costs of arrangements that do not include a software license 
should be accounted for as a service contract and expensed as incurred. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The ASU permits two methods of adoption: prospectively to all 
implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption, or retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented. The 
Company is evaluating the effect ASU 2018-15 will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures and has 
not yet determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The  financial  statements  and  supplementary  data  required  by  this  item  are  listed  in  Item  15  -  “Exhibits  and 

Financial Statement Schedules” of this Annual Report. 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  our  controls  and  other  procedures  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that 
information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
(the” Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules 
and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that 
information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and 
communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to 
allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision 
and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the 
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-
15(b). Based upon that evaluation, as of April 30, 2019, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded 
that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The annual report of management on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is provided under 
“Reports of Management” on page F-2, which is incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. As described 
therein, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 
2019. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the 
Exchange Act) occurred during the quarter ended April 30, 2019 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

PART III 

Directors 

All  of  the  directors  bring  to  our  Board  of  Directors  executive  leadership  experience  from  their  service  as 
executives and/or directors of our Company and/or other entities. The biography of each director contains information 
regarding the person’s service as a director, business experience, director positions held currently or at any time during the 
last  five  years,  and  the  experiences,  qualifications,  attributes  and  skills  that  caused  the  Nominating  and  Corporate 
Governance  Committee  and  our  Board  of  Directors  to  determine  that  the  person  should  serve  as  a  director,  given  our 
business and structure. 

Name 
Terence J. Cryan 
Dean J. Glover 
George H. Kirby III 
Steven M. Fludder 
Robert K. Winters 
Kristine S. Moore 

   Age    
56 
53 
49 
59 
51 
58 

Position(s) with the Company 
Chairman of the Board 
Vice Chairman of the Board and Independent Director 
Chief Executive Officer and Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 
Independent Director 

Served as  
Director  
From 
2012 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2016 
2018 

Terence J. Cryan has been a member of our Board of Directors since October 2012 and Chairman of the board 
since June 2014. Prior to joining our Board, Mr. Cryan was a member of our Board of Advisors. Mr. Cryan was our lead 
independent director from October 2013 to June 2014 when he became Chairman of the Board. Since August 2017, Mr. 
Cryan  has  served  as  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Westwater  Resources,  Inc.  Mr.  Cryan  has  served  on  the  boards  of 
directors of a number of other publicly traded companies including Uranium Resources, Inc. from 2006 to 2016; Global 
Power  Equipment  Group  Inc.  from  2008  to  2017;  Superior  Drilling  Products  from  May  2014  to  2016;  Gryphon  Gold 
Corporation from 2009 to 2012; and The Providence Service Corporation from 2009 to 2011. Mr. Cryan previously served 
as President and Chief Executive Officer of Medical Acoustics, LLC from 2007 through 2010. From September 2012 until 
April 2013, Mr. Cryan also served as interim President and CEO of Uranium Resources, Inc., and was elected as Chairman 
of the Board of Directors of Uranium Resources, Inc. in June 2014 and served until March 2016. Mr. Cryan served as 
President and CEO of Global Power Equipment Group Inc., from March 2015 until July 2017. Mr. Cryan co-founded in 
2001  Concert  Energy  Partners,  LLC,  an  investment  and  private  equity  firm  based  in  New  York  with  a  focus  on  the 
traditional and alternative energy, power and natural resources industries, and served as Managing Director until 2015. 
Between 1990 and 2001, Mr. Cryan was a Senior Managing Director in the investment banking department at Bear Stearns 
&  Co.  Inc.  in  New  York  City  and  a  Managing Director at Paine Webber/Kidder Peabody  in both  New  York  City and 
London. Mr. Cryan earned his Bachelor of Arts degree from Tufts University in 1983 and a Master of Science degree in 
Economics  from  The  London  School  of  Economics  in  1984.  In  December  2014,  Terence  Cryan  was  named  a  Board 
Leadership Fellow by the National Association of Corporate Directors. We believe Mr. Cryan’s qualifications to sit on our 
Board of Directors include his significant experience in financial matters, his prior board and executive experience at other 
companies, his broad energy industry background and his extensive expertise in financings, mergers and acquisitions. 

Dean J. Glover became a member of our Board of Directors in October 2014, replacing a director who retired, 
and was elected Vice Chairman of our Board of Directors in July 2016. Since March 2018, Mr. Glover has served as a 
member of the Board of Directors of ConXtech. Mr. Glover is currently the CEO of Techniks Tool Group. Prior to Techniks 
Tool Group from October 2014 until 2017, Mr. Glover served as MIRATECH President & CEO. Prior to this, he was 
Senior Vice President and President of the Products Division of Global Power Equipment Group Inc. Mr. Glover joined 
Global Power in December 2005 as Chief Operating Officer of Braden Manufacturing. Prior to joining Global Power, Mr. 
Glover led the global supply chain and manufacturing for Diebold Inc. Prior to this Mr. Glover spent 13 years with General 
Electric (NYSE: GE) in various managerial and technical roles and is a certified Six Sigma Master Black belt. Mr. Glover 
currently  serves  as  a  director  of  Oklahoma  Scholastic  Organization,  a  non-profit  organization.  Mr.  Glover  holds  a 
Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Nebraska and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate 
School  of  Management,  Northwestern  University.  Mr.  Glover  has  extensive  international  experience  having  lived  in 
various international locations for most of his career. Mr. Glover has over 25 years of commercial and technical experience 
in industry. We believe Mr. Glover’s qualifications to sit on our Board of Directors include his significant managerial, 
commercial and technical experience in the energy technology industry. 

43 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
George H. Kirby III has served as our President, Chief Executive Office and a member of our Board of Directors 
since January 20, 2015. Prior to this, Mr. Kirby was Senior Vice President at AECOM Technology Corporation (NYSE: 
ACM) a leading provider of engineering, procurement and construction (“EPC”) services. In this role, he led their Energy 
Business Line for the north U.S. region providing services for utilities, power transmission and generation developers, and 
large  industrial  energy  efficiency  end-users.  Prior  to  AECOM,  he  joined  SAIC Energy,  Environment,  &  Infrastructure 
(NYSE: SAIC) in January 2012 a global leader in solutions for national security, healthcare and engineering, as Managing 
Director for their Asset Transactions group providing power generation investors and developers with technical and market 
consulting and advisory services and was promoted to Vice President in 2013 providing EPC services to Investor Owned 
Utilities. In 2009, he joined American Superconductor (Nasdaq: AMSC) as Director of Global Sales and was promoted to 
Managing Director of the Americas and Australia in 2011. From 2000 to 2009, Mr. Kirby held significant leadership roles 
at General Electric in both GE Energy and GE Capital (NYSE: GE) in product development, global sales, quality and 
project finance. In June 2016, Mr. Kirby was elected to the Board of Trustees of the Sea Research Foundation, a non-profit 
organization in Mystic, Connecticut. Mr. Kirby previously served as a director of Blade Dynamics, LLC from April to 
December  2011,  and  Schooner,  Inc.  from  June  to  October  2012.  Mr.  Kirby  earned  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in 
Aerospace Engineering from Syracuse University in 1992 and an M.B.A. from Smeal College of Business at Pennsylvania 
State University in 2008. We believe Mr. Kirby’s significant leadership experience in energy industries qualifies him to 
serve on our Board of Directors. 

Steven M. Fludder became a member of the Board of Directors on May 5, 2016. Mr. Fludder brings more than 
30 years of global executive leadership in energy and infrastructure markets. Since November 2017, Mr. Fludder has served 
as the Chief Executive Officer for NEC Energy Solutions. Prior to joining NEC Energy Solutions, Mr. Fludder was the 
Chief Executive Officer with alpha-En, a publicly traded innovative clean technology company focused on enabling next 
generation  battery  technologies  by  developing  high  purity  lithium  products.  Prior  to  alpha-En,  Mr.  Fludder  was  Chief 
Executive of AECOM’s global Energy and Water practice. Prior to AECOM, he was Senior Executive Vice President, 
Division General Manager and Samsung group officer where he was head of worldwide sales and marketing for Samsung 
Engineering, a global engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) firm serving a broad range of energy industries 
including power, oil & gas, petrochemicals, and metallurgy. He was subsequently President of Samsung Techwin Power 
Systems Division. Prior to Samsung, Mr. Fludder served as a Vice President and General Electric corporate officer where 
he led GE’s companywide environmental business initiative “ecomagination”. Earlier in his career at GE, Mr. Fludder held 
executive leadership roles in the Water, Energy Services, Energy China, and Aircraft Engines divisions. He has significant 
experience scaling and growing energy related technology businesses through start-ups, acquisitions and turnarounds. Mr. 
Fludder holds a Master’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a bachelor’s 
degree in Mechanical Engineering from Columbia University, and a second Bachelor of Science degree from Providence 
College. We believe Mr. Fludder’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his wide experience in both 
the energy and infrastructure markets, as well a variety of other industry segments related to our business. 

Robert K. Winters became a member of the Board of Directors on May 5, 2016. Robert Winters has been with 
Alpha IR Group since September 2015, and currently serves as Senior Managing Director. He established and is running 
the  NYC  office  for  Chicago-based  firm,  which  specializes  in  providing  strategic  counsel  to  small-  and  mid-cap  U.S. 
companies across a broad range of industries. Prior to this, he was a partner and portfolio manager at Zesiger Capital Group, 
LLC for 14 years; Zesiger Capital Group, LLC is an investment advisor based in NYC, catering to both large institutional 
clients and high net-worth individuals. Zesiger’s investment strategy during Mr. Winters’ tenure was to take concentrated, 
long-term investment positions in small-and mid-cap stocks in the U.S., as well as in select emerging and frontier markets. 
Additionally, Mr. Winters managed fixed income investments on behalf of clients at Zesiger, as well as private investments; 
Mr. Winters sat on the boards of several private portfolio companies during his time at Zesiger. Prior to his work at Zesiger 
Capital Group, LLC, Mr. Winters worked as a Managing Director and Senior Natural Resource analyst for almost 10 years 
at Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc., where he focused on energy, metals and mining. Mr. Winters began his finance career at CS 
First Boston following his work as an international trade analyst with Kilpatrick & Cody in Washington, D.C. Mr. Winters 
served  as  a  director  of  LRM  Industries  International  from  2009  until  2014  Mr.  Winters  graduated  from  Georgetown 
University in 1990 with a dual major in International Relations and History. We believe Mr. Winter’s qualifications to 
serve on our Board of Directors include his extensive finance experience, as well his experience with small-cap and mid-
cap public companies. 

Kristine S. Moore became a member of the Board of Directors on September 10, 2018. From December 2015 
through April 2018, Ms. Moore served as non-executive director at Achilles Ltd., a global private-equity held company 
based  in  London.  Prior  to  Achilles,  Ltd.  from  2001  to  2015,  Ms.  Moore  was  with  Royal  Dutch  Shell  (“Shell”),  an 
international energy company. During this time, Ms. Moore held various positions at Shell; during 2015 Ms. Moore was 
Vice  President  of  Contracting  and  Procurement;  from  2011  to  2014,  Vice  President  of  Contracting  and  Procurement 
Operations and Group Materials Management; from 2007 to 2010, Vice President of Global Functions Sourcing; and from 
2001 to 2007, Ms. Moore held various managerial positions. Prior to Shell, Ms. Moore from 2000 to 2001 served as Vice 
President of Marketing and Sales for Quaris, Inc. Ms. Moore began her career at International Business Machines where 
she held various positions. Ms. Moore is a graduate of Rice University with a Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering. 
We believe Ms. Moore’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include her extensive experience in the oil and 
gas markets, as well as her business background in sales, marketing, and supply chain management. 

44 

 
 
 
Executive Officers 

We have one executive officer who is not also a director: 

Name 

Age 

   Position with Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. 

Matthew T. Shafer 

48 

   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

Matthew  T.  Shafer  joined  the  Company  in  September  2016  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Treasurer  of  the 
Company. Mr. Shafer previously served as a Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller for CMF Associates from 
May 2015 to September 2016, where he led teams in providing finance solutions for small and middle-market high-growth 
organizations.  Prior  to  that,  beginning  in  2013  he  served  as  a  Business  Unit  Chief  Financial  Officer  at  Valeant 
Pharmaceuticals International (NYSE: VRX), a large global publicly traded company that develops, manufactures, markets 
and sells specialty pharmaceuticals and medical devices. He held this Finance Leadership role for the Valeant Dentistry, 
Generics and Neurology business units, and had worked closely with commercial operations and corporate level teams on 
numerous product launches, sales force expansions, mergers and acquisitions, financial systems integrations, and internal 
controls. Mr. Shafer has a foundation in Public Accounting working at Arthur Andersen LLP at the beginning of his career, 
holds a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from The Stillman School of Business at Seton Hall University, an MBA in 
Finance from Rutgers Business School in New Brunswick, N.J. and is a Certified Public Accountant. 

Corporate Governance 

Our  Board  of  Directors  believes  that  good  corporate  governance  is  important  to  ensure  that  the  Company  is 
managed for the long-term benefit of our stockholders. This section describes key corporate governance guidelines and 
practices that our Board has adopted. Complete copies of our corporate governance guidelines, committee charters and 
code  of  business  conduct  and  ethics  are  available  on  the  corporate  governance  section  of  our  website, 
www.oceanpowertechnologies.com. Alternatively, you can request a copy of any  of these documents by writing to our 
Secretary at 28 Engelhard Drive, Monroe Township, NJ 08831. 

Corporate Governance Guidelines 

Our Board has adopted corporate governance guidelines to assist in the exercise of its duties and responsibilities 
and to serve the best interests of the Company and our stockholders. These guidelines, which provide a framework for the 
conduct of the Board’s business, provide that: 

the Board’s principal responsibility is to oversee the management of the Company; 
a majority of the members of the Board shall be independent directors; 
the non-employee directors shall meet regularly in executive session; 

● 
● 
● 
●  directors  have  full  and  free  access  to  management  and,  as  necessary  and  appropriate,  independent 

● 

advisors; and 
at least annually, the Board and its committees will conduct a self-evaluation to determine whether they 
are functioning effectively. 

Audit Committee 

The members of our Audit Committee are Dean J. Glover, Steven M. Fludder and Robert K. Winters. Mr. Glover 
is the chair of the Audit Committee. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Glover is an “audit committee financial 
expert”  within  the  meaning  of  the  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”).  The  Audit 
Committee  met  4  times  in  fiscal  2019.  Our  Board  has  also  determined  that  all  Audit  Committee  members  meet  the 
independence requirements contemplated by Rule 5605(c) of the Nasdaq Stock Market and Rule 10A-3 under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). 

Our Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in its oversight of the integrity of our consolidated financial 

statements, our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance. 

Our Audit Committee’s responsibilities include: appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the 
independence of, our independent registered public accounting firm; overseeing the work of our independent registered 
public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from our independent registered public 
accounting firm; reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our 
annual  and  quarterly  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  disclosures;  monitoring  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics; establishing procedures 
for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns; meeting independently with our independent 
registered public accounting firm and management; and preparing the Audit Committee report required by SEC regulations. 

45 

 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Material Changes in Director Nominations Process 

There have not been any material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to 

our Board. 

Code of Ethics 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our employees, officers (including our 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer) and directors. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted 
on our website at www.oceanpowertechnologies.com and can also be obtained free of charge by sending a request to our 
Secretary at 28 Engelhard Drive, Suite B, Monroe Township, NJ 08831. Any changes to or waivers under the Code of 
Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  as  it  relates  to  our  chief  executive  officer,  chief  financial  officer,  controller  or  persons 
performing similar functions must be approved by our Board of Directors and will be disclosed in a Current Report on 
Form 8-K within four business days of the change or waiver. 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance 

Pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules issued thereunder, our executive officers and directors 
are required to file with the SEC reports of ownership and changes in ownership of Common Stock. Copies of such reports 
are  required  to  be  furnished  to  us.  Based  solely  on  a  review  of  the  copies  of  such  reports  furnished  to  us,  or  written 
representations that no other reports were required, we believe that the Form 3 for Ms. Moore was not filed in fiscal 2019 
in a timely manner. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 

For Board service year 2019, the Board of Directors approved, for each non-employee director, an annual payment 
of $45,000 and a choice of either (a) an option worth $50,000, based on the Black-Scholes formula, to purchase shares of 
Common Stock or (b) Common Stock worth $50,000, with such option award or stock award to vest, if at all, at the next 
annual meeting of stockholders. For fiscal year 2019 each of the Directors chose to take a stock option of 2,500 shares. 
Directors  serving  a  portion  of  a  year  receive  a  pro-rata  grant.  Each  non-employee  director  also  receives  a  per  annum 
supplement ranging from $2,000 to $9,600 for each committee that they chair. In addition, the Chairman of the Board 
annually receives an additional $38,000. 

We reimburse each non-employee director for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending our 
Board  and  Board  committee  meetings.  Compensation  for  our  directors,  including  cash  and  equity  compensation,  is 
determined, and remains subject to adjustment, by our Board of Directors. 

The following table summarizes compensation paid to each of our non-employee directors who served during 

fiscal year 2019. 

Name (1) 

Fees Earned 
or 

Paid in Cash      
($) (2) 

Stock 
Awards 
($) 

Option 
Awards 
($) (3) 

Total 
($) 

Terence J. Cryan ............................       

85,000        

-        

17,870        

102,870   

Dean J. Glover ...............................       

54,600        

-        

17,870        

72,470   

Steven M. Fludder .........................       

53,000        

-        

17,870        

70,870   

Robert K. Winters ..........................       

45,000        

-        

17,870        

62,870   

Kristine S. Moore ..........................       

24,946        

-        

17,870        

42,816   

(1)  George H. Kirby III, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer is not included in this table 
as he is an employee of the Company and thus receives no compensation for his services as a Director. 
The compensation received by Mr. Kirby as an employee of the Company is shown in the Summary 
Compensation Table on page 48. 

(2)  Fees earned or paid in cash reflect annual retainer and committee meeting fees. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
      
     
     
   
  
     
         
                        
         
    
  
     
         
         
         
    
  
     
         
         
         
    
  
     
         
         
         
    
 
  
  
 
 
(3)  Stock options granted to directors vest fully on the date of the first annual shareholders meeting following 
the grant date. The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value 
of  stock  options  granted  during  the  year  computed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Accounting 
Standards Codification (ASC) No. 718, “Compensation- Stock Compensation.” The assumptions used in 
calculating  these  amounts  are  incorporated  by  reference  to  Note  2  to  the  financial  statements  in  this 
Annual Report. 

The following table summarizes grants during fiscal year 2019. 

Name 

Stock  
Awards 

Option 
Awards 

Total 

Terence J. Cryan (1) ............................................       

Dean J. Glover (1) ...............................................       

Steven M. Fludder (1) .........................................       

Robert K. Winters (1) ..........................................       

Kristine S. Moore (1) ..........................................       

-        

-        

-        

-        

-        

2,500        

2,500  

2,500        

2,500  

2,500        

2,500  

2,500        

2,500  

2,500        

2,500  

(1)  During fiscal year 2019 each board member was granted stock options exercisable for 2,500 shares of 

common stock for Board service during the year ending October 31, 2019. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Overview of Executive Compensation 

Our Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing the compensation of all of our executive officers. In 
this capacity, the Compensation Committee designs, implements, reviews and approves all compensation for our named 
executive officers. The goal of the Compensation Committee is to ensure that our compensation programs are aligned with 
our business goals and objectives and that the total compensation paid to each of our named executive officers is fair, 
reasonable and competitive. 

Compensation Objectives and Philosophy 

Our compensation programs are designed to attract and retain qualified and talented executives, motivating them 
to  achieve  our  business  goals  and  rewarding  them  for  superior  short-  and  long-term  performance.  In  particular,  our 
compensation programs are intended to reward the achievement of specified predetermined quantitative and qualitative 
goals  and  to  align  our  executives’  interests  with  those  of  our  stockholders  in  order  to  attain  the  ultimate  objective  of 
increasing stockholder value. 

Elements of Total Compensation and Relationship to Performance 

Key elements of these programs include: 

● 

●  base  salary  compensation  designed  to  reward  annual  achievements,  with  consideration  given  to  the 
executive’s qualifications, scope of responsibility, leadership abilities and management experience and 
effectiveness; 
cash bonus awards designed to align executive compensation with business objectives and performance; 
and 
equity-based  incentive  compensation,  primarily  in  the  form  of  stock  options  and  restricted  stock,  the 
value of which is dependent upon the performance of our Common Stock, and which is subject to multi-
year vesting that requires continued service and/or the attainment of certain performance goals. 

● 

47 

  
 
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
     
       
       
  
  
     
         
         
   
  
     
         
         
   
  
     
         
         
   
  
     
         
         
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Determining and Setting Executive Compensation 

Our  management  develops  our  compensation  plans  by  utilizing  publicly  available  compensation  and  on-line 
survey data for a broad selection of national and regional companies, which we believe are generally comparable to the 
Company in terms of public ownership, organizational structure, size and stage  of development, and against which we 
believe  we  may  compete  for  executive  talent.  The  results  of  these  analyses  are  reviewed  with  and  approved  by  the 
Compensation  Committee  annually.  We  believe  that  these  compensation  practices  provide  us  with  appropriate 
compensation guidelines. The Compensation Committee generally targets compensation for our executives near the median 
range of compensation paid to similarly situated executives in comparable companies covered by the on-line survey data. 
Other considerations, including market factors, the unique nature of our business and the experience level of an executive, 
may dictate variations to this general target. 

Our business is characterized by a long product development cycle, including a lengthy engineering and product-
testing period and regulatory approval and licensing. Because of this, many of the traditional benchmarking metrics, such 
as product sales, revenues and profits are inappropriate for our Company. Instead, the specific factors the Compensation 
Committee considers when determining our named executive officers’ compensation include: 

●  key product development initiatives; 
● 
● 
● 
● 
● 

technology advancements; 
achievement of regulatory and other commercial milestones; 
establishment and maintenance of key strategic relationships; 
implementation of appropriate financing strategies; and 
financial and operating performance. 

Summary Compensation Table 

The following table sets forth the compensation paid or accrued during the fiscal years ended April 30, 2019 and 

April 30, 2018 to our named executive officers. 

Name and  
Principal Position 

   Year 

Salary 
($) (1) 

Bonus  
($) (2) 

Stock 
Awards 
($) (3) 

Option 
Awards  
($) 

All Other 
Compensation 
($) 

Total  
($) 

George H. Kirby III ...................       2019        391,140       173,138       
President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

     2018        381,600       276,565        70,000       

-        71,480      
-      

Matthew T. Shafer .....................       2019        253,125        73,406       
Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer and 
Treasurer 

     2018        236,042       118,750        20,418       

-        41,101      
-      

84,104 (4)     719,862  
51,710 (4)     779,875  

9,434 (5)     377,066  
4,450 (5)     379,660  

Christopher Phebus (6) ................       2019        158,649       
Vice President, Engineering 

-       
     2018         79,784        37,406        108,000       

-       

Dr. Mike M. Mekhiche (8) ..........       2019        
Former Executive Vice 
President, 
Engineering and Operations 

     2018         91,814       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-      
-      

-      

-      

37,590 (7)     196,239  
17,815 (7)     243,005  

-        

-  

33,712 (9)     125,526  

(1)  Salary  represents  actual  salary  earned  during  each  fiscal  year.  The  amounts  in  this  column  may  be 
different from the amounts listed below under description of employment agreements, due to increases 
in salary levels and payments for unused vacation during each fiscal year. 

(2)  This amount represents bonuses earned by the named executive officers in fiscal year 2019 and 2018. 
(3)  The amounts in the “Stock Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options 
granted  during  the  year  computed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Accounting  Standards 
Codification  (ASC)  No.  718,  “Compensation-  Stock  Compensation.”  The  assumptions  used  in 
calculating  these  amounts  are  incorporated  by  reference  to  Note  2  to  the  financial  statements  in  this 
Annual Report. 

(4)  For fiscal year 2019 the amount of $84,104 includes $48,024 for relocation expenses, $27,079 payout 
for unused vacation and $9,000 relates to the Company’s matching contributions to the 401(K) Plan. For 
fiscal year 2018 the amount of $51,710 includes $42,710 for relocation expenses and $9,000 relates to 
the  Company’s  matching  contributions  to  the  401(K)  Plan.  In  accordance  with  his  employment 
agreement Mr. Kirby is eligible for reimbursement of relocation expenses. 

48 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
      
      
      
      
      
       
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
       
         
   
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
       
         
   
    
  
      
        
        
        
       
         
   
    
  
      
        
        
        
       
         
   
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
       
         
   
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
       
         
   
    
  
      
        
        
        
       
         
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
(5)  For fiscal year 2019 the amount of $9,434 includes $3,636 payout for unused vacation and $5,797 relates 
to the Company’s matching contributions to the 401(K) Plan. For fiscal year 2019 the amount of $4,450 
relates to the Company’s matching contributions to the 401(K) Plan. 

(6)  Mr.  Phebus  joined  the  Company  on  January  15,  2018  to  serve  as  the  Company’s  Vice  President  of 
Engineering.  Mr.  Phebus  resigned  from  his  position  as  Vice  President  of  Engineering  effective 
November 30, 2018. 

(7)  For  fiscal  2019  the  amount  $37,590  includes  $32,185  for  relocation  expenses  and  $5,405  for  unused 
vacation payout. For fiscal year 2018 the amount of $17,815 is relocation expenses in accordance with 
Mr. Phebus’ employment agreement. 

(8)  Dr.  Mekhiche  resigned  from  his  position  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Engineering  and  Operations 

effective August 8, 2017. 

(9)  For fiscal year 2018 the amount of $33,712 includes $31,612 payout for unused vacation and $2,100 
relates to the Company’s matching contributions to the 401(K) Plan. For fiscal year 2017 the amount of 
$20,086 includes $12,886 payout for unused vacation and $7,200 relates to the Company’s matching 
contributions to the 401(K) Plan. 

Employment Agreements 

George H. Kirby III - President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Under an agreement entered into on December 29, 2014, Mr. Kirby was entitled to an initial annual base salary 
of $360,000 subject to adjustment upon annual review by our Board of Directors, was subsequently increased to $381,600 
on May 1, 2016 and to $391,140 on May 1, 2018. Mr. Kirby is also eligible to earn discretionary incentive bonuses and 
incentive compensation. The Company also reimbursed Mr. Kirby for his eligible relocation costs. 

Upon the termination of his employment other than for cause, other than as a result of a change of control, or if 
he terminates his employment for good reason (as such terms are defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Kirby has 
the right to receive severance payments. If such termination occurs, Mr. Kirby will receive twelve months of his base salary 
then in effect. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Kirby is prohibited from competing with us and soliciting our customers, 
prospective customers or employees during the term of his employment and for a period of one year after the termination 
or expiration of his employment. 

Matthew T. Shafer - Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

On August 23, 2016, and in connection with his hiring by the Company, Mr. Shafer entered into an employment 
agreement with the Company, to be effective on September 7, 2016 (the “Shafer Employment Agreement”). Under the 
Shafer Employment Agreement, Mr. Shafer was entitled to an initial annual base salary of $220,000 subject to adjustment 
upon annual review by the Company’s Board of Directors, was subsequently increased to $250,000 on October 18, 2017 
and  to  $253,125  on  May  1,  2018.  Mr.  Shafer  is  also  eligible  to  earn  discretionary  incentive  bonuses  and  incentive 
compensation. He is also entitled to participate in all Company employee benefit plans. 

Upon the termination of his employment other than for cause, or if he terminates his employment for good reason 
(as such terms are defined in the Shafer Employment Agreement), Mr. Shafer has the right to receive severance payments. 
If such termination occurs before the end of six months of service, he receives no severance. If such termination occurs 
after completing six months of service, Mr. Shafer will receive six months of his base salary. Pursuant to this agreement, 
Mr. Shafer is also subject to covenants regarding confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation during and after the 
term of his employment. 

Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans 

2006 Stock Incentive Plan 

Our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by our Board of Directors on December 7, 2006, was approved by 
our stockholders on January 12, 2007 and became effective on April 24, 2007. The 2006 Stock Incentive Plan provides for 
the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards and other stock-unit awards. On 
October 2, 2009, an amendment to the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved, increasing the aggregate number of shares 
authorized for issuance by 42,500 shares to 82,661 shares. In 2010, our Board of Directors approved amending and restating 
the  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  to  make  certain  adjustments,  including  imposing  minimum  performance  periods  for 
performance  awards  and  minimum  vesting  periods  for  time-based  awards,  a  requirement  that  we  obtain  stockholder 
approval prior to certain option and stock appreciation right repricing actions, and limiting the situations in which vesting 
periods may be waived or accelerated. This amendment and restatement did not require the approval of our stockholders. 
On October 2, 2013, a further amendment to the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved by our stockholders, increasing 
the aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance by an additional 40,000 shares to 122,661. 

49 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to receive awards under our 2006 Stock 
Incentive Plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. The maximum number of shares 
of Common Stock with respect to which awards may be granted to any participant under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan is 
10,000 per calendar year. 

Our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was administered by our Board of Directors. Pursuant to the terms of our 2006 
Stock Incentive Plan, and to the extent permitted by law, our Board of Directors could delegate authority to one or more 
committees or subcommittees of the Board of Directors or to our officers. Our Board of Directors or any committee to 
whom the Board of Directors delegates authority selected the recipients of awards and determined: 

● 

● 

● 
● 

the number of shares of Common Stock covered by options and the dates upon which the options become 
exercisable; 
the exercise price of options; provided, however, that the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of 
the fair market value of the underlying Common Stock on the date the option is granted; 
the duration of the options; and 
the number of shares of Common Stock subject to any restricted stock or other stock-unit awards and the 
terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for repurchase, issue price and repurchase 
price. 

If our Board of Directors delegated authority to an officer, the officer had the power to make awards to all of our 
employees, except to executive officers. Our Board of Directors fixed the terms of the awards to be granted by such officer, 
including the exercise price of such awards, and the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such officer could 
make. 

If a merger or other reorganization event occurred, our Board of Directors could provide that all of our outstanding 
options are to be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation. Our Board of Directors could also provide that, in 
the event the succeeding corporation did not agree to assume, or substitute for, outstanding options, then all unexercised 
options  would  become  exercisable  in  full  prior  to  the  completion  of  the  event  and  that  these  options  would  terminate 
immediately prior to the completion of the merger or other reorganization event if not previously exercised. Our Board of 
Directors could also provide for cashing out the value of any outstanding options. 

No awards could be granted under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan after December 6, 2016, but the vesting and 
effectiveness  of  awards  granted  before  that  date  could  extend  beyond  that  date.  Our  Board  of  Directors  could  amend, 
suspend or terminate our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval would be required for 
any revision that would materially increase the number of shares reserved for issuance, expand the types of awards available 
under the plan, materially modify plan eligibility requirements, extend the term of the plan or materially modify the method 
of determining the exercise price of options granted under the plan, or otherwise as required to comply with applicable law 
or stock market requirements. 

As of April 30, 2019, options to purchase 701 shares of our Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price 

of $566.62 were outstanding under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. 

As of April 30, 2019, we had granted 5,701 shares of restricted Common Stock under our 2006 Stock Incentive 

Plan, of which zero remain outstanding as of April 30, 2019. 

Once the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (discussed below) was approved by the stockholders on October 22, 2015, 

no further stock options or other awards were awarded under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and it was terminated. 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan 

On August 17, 2015, the Board of Directors approved, subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, the Ocean 
Power Technologies, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). On October 22, 2015, the stockholders approved 
the 2015  Plan and the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was terminated. Effective August 17, 2016, our Board approved and 
adopted an amendment to the 2015 Plan, subject to stockholder approval, to increase the number of shares available for 
grant under the 2015 Plan from 12,036 to 32,036 in order to assure that adequate shares will be available for future grants. 
On October 21, 2016, the stockholders approved the amendment to the 2015 Plan. Effective September 28, 2018, our Board 
approved and adopted an amendment to the 2015 Plan, subject to stockholder approval, to increase the number of shares 
available for grant under the 2015 Plan from 32,036 to 132,036 in order to assure that adequate shares will be available for 
future grants. On December 7, 2018, the stockholders approved the amendment to the 2015 Plan. 

50 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description of 2015 Plan 

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the 2015 Plan, as amended, and is qualified in its entirety 
by reference to the complete text of the 2015 Plan, a copy of which is filed as Annex A to our Proxy Statement on Schedule 
14A filed with the SEC on September 3, 2015. 

Administration 

The 2015 Plan is administered by a committee of the Board, which consists of not fewer than two directors of the 
Company  designated  by  the  Board,  each  of  whom  is  a  “non-employee  director”  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  16b-3 
promulgated under the Exchange Act, an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue 
Code as amended (as now in effect or later amended and any successor thereto, the “Code”) and, for so long as our Common 
Stock is listed on the Nasdaq, an “independent director” within the meaning of the Nasdaq rules. Among other things, the 
committee administering the 2015 Plan has full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations 
required or provided for under the 2015 Plan, any award under the 2015 Plan or any award agreement under the 2015 Plan, 
not inconsistent with the specific terms and conditions of the 2015 Plan, which the committee deems to be necessary or 
appropriate to the administration of the 2015 Plan. The committee administering the 2015 Plan, may amend, modify or 
supplement the terms of any outstanding award, provided that no amendment, modification or supplement of the terms of 
any outstanding award shall impair a grantee’s rights under an award without the consent of the grantee. The committee 
administering the 2015 Plan is also authorized to construe the award agreements and may prescribe rules relating to the 
2015 Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our full Board will conduct the general administration of the 2015 Plan with 
respect to all awards granted to our non-employee directors. In addition, in its sole discretion, our Board may at any time 
and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the committee under the 2015 Plan except with respect to 
matters which are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the committee under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act 
or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder. 

Grant of Awards; Shares Available for Awards; Award Limits; Eligible Grantees 

The  2015  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  stock  options,  SARs,  restricted  stock  awards,  stock  unit  awards  and 
unrestricted stock awards, dividend equivalent rights, performance share awards or other performance-based awards, other 
equity-based awards or cash to eligible employees, officers and non-employee directors of the Company or any affiliate of 
the  Company,  or  any  consultant  or  adviser  to  the  Company  or  an  affiliate  who  is  currently  providing  services  to  the 
Company or an affiliate, or to any other individual whose participation in the 2015 Plan is determined to be in the best 
interests of the Company by the committee administering the 2015 Plan. We have reserved a total of 10,000 shares of 
Common Stock for issuance as or under awards to be made under the 2015 Plan, plus (y) 2,036, which was the number of 
shares of Common Stock available for issuance under our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan as of the effective date of the 2015 
Plan, plus (z) the number of shares of our Common Stock related to awards under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan as of the 
effective date of the 2015 Plan which thereafter terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise without the 
issuance of such shares. With the amendment to the Plan approved by the stockholders on October 21, 2016, the number 
of shares of Common Stock increased from 12,036 to 32,036. If any award expires, is cancelled, or terminates unexercised 
or is forfeited, the number of shares subject thereto is again available for grant under the 2015 Plan. The maximum number 
of  shares  of  stock  that  can  be  granted  under  the  2015  Plan  pursuant  to  incentive  stock  option  awards  is  currently  ten 
thousand (10,000). The maximum number of shares of stock subject to awards that can be granted under the 2015 Plan in 
any one calendar year to any person, other than a non-employee director, is three thousand seven hundred fifty (3,750). 
The maximum fair market value of shares of stock that may be granted under the 2015 Plan in any one calendar year to 
any non-employee director is ten thousand dollars ($10,000). The limitation on the amount of shares of stock issuable under 
the  2015  Plan  is  subject  to  adjustment  in  the  event  of  certain  changes  in  our  capital  stock,  such  as  recapitalizations, 
reclassifications, stock splits, reverse stock splits, spin-offs, combinations of our stock, exchanges of our stock and other 
increases or decreases in our stock without receipt of consideration. 

As of April 30, 2019, options to purchase 64,871 shares of our Common Stock at a weighted average exercise 

price of $15.19 were outstanding under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

As  of  April  30,  2019,  we  had  granted  17,350  shares  of  Restricted  Common  Stock  under  our  2015  Omnibus 

Incentive Plan. 10,248 shares vested and 2,596 shares were cancelled, with 4,506 shares remaining outstanding. 

The  2015  Plan  will  terminate  automatically  on  October  22,  2025,  which  is  ten  years  after  the  date  on  which 
stockholders  approve  the  2015  Plan.  As  of  April  30,  2019,  there  are  58,555  shares  available  for  grant  under  the  2015 
Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan 

On January 18, 2018, the Board adopted the Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. Employment Inducement Incentive 
Award Plan (the “Inducement Plan”) and, subject to the adjustment provisions of the Inducement Plan, reserved 25,000 
shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance pursuant to equity awards granted under the Inducement Plan. 

The Inducement Plan was adopted without stockholder approval pursuant to Rule 5635(c)(4) and Rule 5635(c)(3) 
of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The Inducement Plan provides for the grant of equity-based awards, including restricted stock 
units, restricted stock, performance shares and performance units, and its terms are substantially similar to the Company’s 
2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, including with respect to treatment of equity awards in the event of a “change in control” 
as  defined  under  the  Inducement  Plan,  but  with  such  other  terms  and  conditions  intended  to  comply  with  the  Nasdaq 
inducement award exception. 

In  accordance  with  Rule  5635(c)(4)  and  Rule  5635(c)(3)  of  the  Nasdaq  Listing  Rules,  awards  under  the 
Inducement Plan may only be made to individuals not previously employees or non-employee directors of the Company 
(or following such individuals’ bona fide period of non-employment with the Company), as an inducement material to the 
individuals’ entry into employment with the Company. An award is any right to receive the Company’s common stock 
pursuant to the 2018 Inducement Plan, consisting of a performance share award, restricted stock award, a restricted stock 
unit award or a stock payment award. No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after 
termination of the Plan, and in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the 
date of its adoption. Any Awards that are outstanding on the Expiration Date, or the date of termination of the Plan (if 
earlier), shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. As of April 30, 
2019, there were no shares outstanding and 25,000 shares available for grant under the 2018 Inducement Plan. 

2018 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table 

The following table contains certain information regarding equity awards held by the named executive officers as 

of April 30, 2019: 

Option Awards 

Numbers of 
Shares 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options (#) 
Exercisable     

Numbers of 
Shares 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options (#) 
Unexercisable     

Option 
Exercise 
Price ($)     

Option 
Expiration 
Date 

Stock Awards 

Number of 
Shares or 
Units of 
Stock That 
Have Not 
Vested (#)       

Market Value 
of Shares or 
Units of 
Stock That 
Have Not 
Vested ($) 

Name and  
Principal Position 

George H. Kirby III ...       

Matthew T. Shafer .....       

-        

-        

10,000      $ 

8.20         12/7/2028 (1)      

2,500 (2)      

5,750      $ 

8.20         12/7/2028 (3)      

258 (4)      
729 (5)      

6,950   

717   
2,027   

(1)  Options granted December 7, 2018 relating to an aggregate of 10,000 shares, of which 100% vest on the 

anniversary of the grant date or on the date of the annual shareholder meeting. 

(2)  Represent shares of restricted stock granted on May 19, 2017 relating to an aggregate of 2,500 shares 

which vest after a two- year period based on service requirements. 

(3)  Options granted December 7, 2018 relating to an aggregate of 5,750 shares, of which 100% vest on the 

anniversary of the grant date or on the date of the annual shareholder meeting. 

(4)  Represent shares of restricted stock granted on October 21, 2016 relating to an aggregate of 773 shares 
which vest over a three- year period based on service requirements; 258 shares vested on Sept 17, 2017 
and 257 shares vested on Sept 17, 2018. 

(5)  Represent shares of restricted stock granted on May 19, 2017 relating to an aggregate of 2,500 shares 

which vest after a two- year period based on service requirements. 

Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control 

The following information sets forth the terms of potential payments to each of our named executive officers in 
the event of a termination of employment. We do not include information for Mr. Phebus or Mr. Mekhiche since they are 
no longer employed by the Company and their departures did not trigger any payments. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
     
       
       
       
        
        
  
  
     
                        
            
         
          
          
    
  
     
         
         
         
          
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Termination by Company without Cause; Termination by Executive for Good Reason. Our employment agreement 
with Mr. Kirby provides for severance pay within 30 days in the event that employment is terminated by the Company, 
other than for cause, upon Mr. Kirby’s disability or by the executive with good reason, in the amount of twelve months of 
base salary. Mr. Kirby would also be entitled to receive any other payments owed such as a short-term bonus, long-term 
compensation, benefits and expenses reimbursements to the degree such payments are owed for service provided up to the 
date of termination. Finally, the expiration date of any other options held by Mr. Kirby would be extended to a date 90 
days after the date of termination of employment (but not longer than the original term of such options). 

Our employment agreement with Mr. Shafer provides, upon the termination of his employment other than for 
cause,  or  if  Mr.  Shafer  terminates  his  employment  for  good  reason,  that  Mr.  Shafer has  the  right  to  receive  severance 
payments. If such termination occurs before the end of six months of service, Mr. Shafer will receive no severance. If such 
termination occurs after completing six months of service, Mr. Shafer will receive six months of his base salary. 

Termination by Company for Cause; Termination by Executive without Good Reason. Under our employment 
contracts with Mr. Kirby upon termination for cause or at the executive’s election without good reason, the executive is 
entitled to the base salary and benefits due and owing to the executive as of the date of termination. The employment 
agreement with Mr. Shafer does not contain provisions regarding severance in the event of a termination by the Company 
with or without cause or termination by the executive without good reason. 

Change in Control. Our employment agreement with Mr. Kirby provides for severance pay equal to two (2) years 
of base salary if a change of control occurs and Mr. Kirby is terminated by the Company or Mr. Kirby terminates the 
agreement, each occurring within 90 days of the change of control. Mr. Kirby would also be entitled to receive any other 
payments owed such as a short-term bonus, long-term compensation, benefits and expenses reimbursements to the degree 
such payments are owed for service provided up to the date of termination. Finally, the expiration date of any other options 
held by Mr. Kirby would be extended to a date 90 days after the date of termination (but not longer than the original term 
of such options). In addition, to the extent that Mr. Kirby has not previously vested in rights and interests held by Mr. Kirby 
under the Company’s stock and other equity plans (including stock options, restricted stock, RSU’s, performance units or 
performance shares), such rights and interest would become fully vested. 

The employment agreement for Mr. Shafer does not contain change of control provisions; therefore, payments for 
cash  severance  and  continued  healthcare  benefits  are  the  same  as  for  termination  without  cause.  The  restricted  stock 
agreement provides for accelerated stock vesting upon a change in control. 

Termination upon Failure to Renew by the Company. In the event that our employment agreement with Mr. Kirby 
terminates the end of the term and is not renewed as a result of a decision by the Company not to renew, prior to a decision 
by Mr. Kirby not to renew, the Company will pay Mr. Kirby a severance payment in the amount of one (1) year base salary 
in a lump sum within 30 days after the termination date. 

The employment agreement for Mr. Shafer does not contain similar provisions. 

Qualifying retirement. Under our restricted stock agreements with the named executive officers, upon a Qualifying 
Retirement 50% of unvested restricted shares will vest immediately. A “Qualifying Retirement” means retirement by the 
recipient after satisfaction of the conditions in either clause (A) or clause (B): (A) the recipient has both (1) attained the 
age of 55 and (2) completed at least ten years of employment with the Company; or (B) the sum of the recipient’s age plus 
the number of years he or she has been employed by the Company equals or exceeds 75 years. 

ITEM  12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of Common Stock as of July 
15, 2019 by (a) each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common 
Stock, (b) each executive officer (c) each director, and (d) all executive officers and directors as a group. 

The Percentage of Common Stock outstanding is based on 5,771,747 shares of our Common Stock outstanding 
as of July 15, 2019. For purposes of the table below, and in accordance with the rules of the SEC, we deem shares of 
Common Stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of July 15, 2019 to be 
outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage 
ownership of that person, but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership 
of any other person. Except as otherwise noted, each of the persons or entities in this table has sole voting and investing 
power with respect to all of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such person, subject to community property 
laws,  where  applicable.  The  street  address  of  each  beneficial  owner  shown  in  the  table  below  is  c/o  Ocean  Power 
Technologies, Inc., 28 Engelhard Drive, Suite B, Monroe Township, NJ 08831. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name of Beneficial Owner 

Number of Shares 
Beneficially Owned     

Percentage of 
Shares Beneficially 
Owned 

Terence J. Cryan (1) ............................................................      
George H. Kirby III (2) .......................................................      
Matthew T. Shafer (3) .........................................................      
Steven M. Fludder (4) .........................................................      
Dean J. Glover (5) ...............................................................      
Robert K. Winters (6) ..........................................................      
Kristine S. Moore (7) ..........................................................      

All directors and executive officers as a group 
(7 individuals) ....................................................................      

4,712       
6,936       
865       
4,173       
9,287       
3,573       
-       

29,546       

*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  

*  

*  Represents a beneficial ownership of less the one percent of our outstanding common stock 
(1)  Beneficial  ownership  includes  361  shares  of  our  common  stock  and  4,351  shares  issuable  upon  the 
exercise of options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of July 15, 2019. 

(2)  Beneficial ownership includes 6,936 shares of our common stock. 
(3)  Beneficial ownership includes 865 shares of our common stock. 
(4)  Beneficial  ownership  includes  600  shares  of  our  common  stock  and  3,573  shares  issuable  upon  the 
exercise of options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of July 15, 2019. 
(5)  Beneficial ownership includes 5,248 shares of our common stock and 4,039 shares issuable upon the 
exercise of options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of July 15, 2019. 
(6)  Beneficial  ownership  includes  3,573  shares  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  options  that  are  currently 

exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of July 15, 2019. 

(7)  Ms. Moore joined the Board on September 10, 2018 and does not have any ownership of our common 

stock or options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within sixty days of July 15, 2019. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  indicated  information  as  of  April  30,  2019  with  respect  to  our  equity 

compensation plans: 

Number of Shares  
to be Issued Upon  
Exercise of 
Outstanding 
Options and 
Restricted Stock 

Weighted-Average  
Exercise Price of  
Outstanding 
Options 

Number of Shares  
Remaining Available for 
Future Issuance Under 
Equity Compensation  
Plans (Excluding Shares  
Reflected in First Column    

Plan category 

Equity compensation plans approved by 
shareholders 

Stock Options............................................      
Restricted Stock ........................................      

65,572     $ 
4,506       

21.08       
N/A       

Equity compensation plans not approved by 
shareholders 

Stock Options............................................      
Restricted Stock ........................................      

-       
-       

-       
-       

58,555 (1) 

-   

-   

25,000 (2) 

(1)  Consists of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 
(2)  Consists of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2018 Employee Inducement 

Incentive Award Plan. 

Our equity compensation plans consist of 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan which 
were approved by our stockholders. Once the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan was approved by the stockholders on October 
22, 2015, no further stock options or other awards were awarded under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan and it was terminated. 
Shares  that  are  forfeited  under  the  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  on  or  after  October  22,  2015  will  become  available  for 
issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

The equity compensation plan that has not been approved by our shareholders is our 2018 Employee Inducement 

Incentive Award Plan. 

54 

  
  
  
    
      
  
  
    
        
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
    
    
  
    
      
      
  
    
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
  
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM  13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

Board Determination of Independence 

Under  applicable  Nasdaq  rules,  a  director  will  only  qualify  as  an  “independent  director”  if  they  are  not  an 
executive officer or employee of the Company, and, in the opinion of our Board of Directors, that person does not have a 
relationship  which  would  interfere  with  the  exercise  of  independent  judgment  in  carrying  out  the  responsibilities  of  a 
director. 

Our Board has determined that all of our current directors are “independent directors” within the meaning of the 
applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq, except for George H. Kirby III who is our President and Chief Executive Officer. 

Certain Relationship and Related Person Transaction 

Review and Approval of Related Person Transactions 

The Audit Committee is charged with the responsibility of reviewing and approving all related person transactions 
(as defined in SEC regulations), and periodically reassessing any related person transaction entered into by the Company 
to  ensure  continued  appropriateness.  This  responsibility  is  set  forth  in  our  Audit  Committee  charter.  A  related  party 
transaction will  only be  approved  if  the  members  of  the Audit  Committee  determine  that  the  transaction  is  in  the best 
interests  of  the  Company.  If  a  director  is  involved  in  the  transaction,  he  or  she  will  recuse  himself  or  herself  from  all 
decisions regarding the transaction. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

Fees of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The following table summarizes the fees of KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, billed 

to us for each of the last two fiscal years. 

   Fiscal Year 2019      Fiscal Year 2018   

Audit Fees (1) ................................................................     $ 
Audit- Related Fees .....................................................       
Tax Fees (2) ...................................................................       
All Other Fees (3) ..........................................................       

376,095      $ 
-        
11,438        
1,780        

322,000   
-   
19,000   
1,780   

Total Fees ....................................................................     $ 

389,313      $ 

342,780   

(1)  Audit Fees consist of fees for the audit and quarterly reviews of our consolidated financial statements 
and  other  professional  services  provided  in  connection  with  the  statutory  and  regulatory  filings  or 
engagements.  Fiscal  year  2019  and  2018  audit  fees  include  fees  for  comfort  letters  and  consents  of 
$128,500 and $72,500, respectively, related to several equity offerings. Fiscal 2019 and 2018 include 
$2,595 and $4,500 for out of pocket fees, respectively. 

(2)  Tax Fees include fees for the tax return preparation assistance and review. 
(3)  All Other Fees for fiscal 2019 and 2018 includes subscription fee for KPMG’s accounting research tool. 

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures 

The Audit Committee’s policy is that all audit services and all non-audit services to be provided to us by our 
independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  must  be  approved  in  advance  by  our  Audit  Committee.  The  Audit 
Committee’s approval procedures include the review and approval of a description of the services that documents the fees 
for all audit services and non-audit services, primarily tax advice and tax return preparation and review. 

All  audit  services  and  all  non-audit  services  in  fiscal  years  2019  and  2018  were  pre-approved  by  the  Audit 
Committee. The Audit Committee has determined that the provision of the non-audit services for which these fees were 
rendered is compatible with maintaining the independent auditor’s independence. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
       
  
  
     
         
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(a) (1) Financial Statements: See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1. 

(3) Exhibits: See Exhibit Index on pages 58 to 59. 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: July 22, 2019 

OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 

/s/ George H. Kirby III 

By: George H. Kirby III 
   President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated: 

SIGNATURE 

TITLE 

/s/ George H. Kirby III 
George H. Kirby III 

   President, Chief Executive Officer 
   and Director (Principal Executive 

Officer) 

DATE 

July 22, 2019 

/s/ Matthew T. Shafer 
Matthew T. Shafer 

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    
   (Principal Financial and Accounting 

July 22, 2019 

Officer) 

/s/ Terence J. Cryan 
Terence J. Cryan 

   Chairman of the Board and Director 

July 22, 2019 

/s/ Dean J. Glover 
Dean J. Glover 

   Vice Chairman of the Board and 
   Director 

/s/ Steven M. Fludder 
Steven M. Fludder 

/s/ Robert K. Winters 
Robert K. Winters 

/s/ Kristine S. Moore 
Kristine S. Moore 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

July 22, 2019 

July 22, 2019 

July 22, 2019 

July 22, 2019 

57 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
 
Exhibit    
Number   

Exhibits Index 

Description 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

4.1 

4.2 

   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to our Quarterly 

Report on Form 10-Q filed September 14, 2007).  

   Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. dated October 27, 2015 

(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 28, 2015).  

   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report 

on Form 8-K filed June 23, 2016).  

   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Secretary of State of the 
State of Delaware on October 21, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 2016).  

   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Secretary of State of the 
State of Delaware on December 7, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed on December 7, 2018).  

   Specimen certificate of Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Form S-1/A filed March 19, 

2007).  

   Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 

8-K/A filed on June 7, 2016).  

10.1 

   Option  Agreement  for  Purchase  of  Emissions  Credits,  dated  November  24,  2000  between  Ocean  Power 
Technologies, Inc. and its affiliates and Woodside Sustainable Energy Solutions Pty. Ltd. (incorporated by reference 
from Exhibit 10.4 to Form S-1 filed November 13, 2006).  

10.2 

   Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit A to Proxy Statement 

filed August 28, 2013).* 

10.3 

   Agreement for Renewable Energy Economic Development Grants, dated November 3, 2003, between State of New 
Jersey Board of Public Utilities and Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.18 
to Form S-1/A filed March 19, 2007).  

10.4 

   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed March 14, 

2011).* 

10.5 

   Amended Option Agreement for Purchase of Emissions Credits, dated December 4, 2012, between Ocean Power 
Technologies,  Inc.  and  its  affiliates  and  Metasource  Pty  Ltd  (formerly  known  as  Woodside  Sustainable  Energy 
Solutions Pty Ltd) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to Form 10-K filed July 12, 2013).  

10.6 

   Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2014, between George H. Kirby and Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. 

(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q filed March 11, 2015).* 

10.7 

   Placement Agency Agreement dated June 2, 2016, by and among Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Roth Capital 
Partners, LLC and Rodman & Renshaw, a unit of H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
99.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2016).  

10.8 

   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement dated June 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Current 

Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2016).  

10.9 

   Form  of  Amendment  No.  1  to  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  June  7,  2016  (incorporated  by  reference  to 

Exhibit 99.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on June 7, 2016).  

10.10 

   2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan* (incorporated by reference to Annex A to Proxy Statement filed on September 3, 

2015).  

10.11 

   Stipulation and Agreement of Class Settlement dated as of May 5, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 

to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2016).  

10.12 

10.13 

   Agreement by and between Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. and Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd dated 
May 31, 2016 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on June 6, 2016). 
   Form of the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the 

Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2016).  

10.14 

   Form  of  Amendment  No.  1  to  Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  June  7,  2016  (incorporated  by  reference  to 

Exhibit 99.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on June 7, 2016)  

10.15 

   Form of Amendment No. 2, dated as of July 21, 2016, to the  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 2, 
2016,  by  and  among  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  and  the  investor’s  signatory  thereto,  and  (incorporated  by 
reference from Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 21, 2016).  

10.16 

   Form  of  Placement  Agency  Agreement,  dated  July  22,  2016,  between  the  Company  and  the  Placement  Agent 

(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 1.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 22, 2016).  

10.17 

   Form of Subscription Agreement, dated July 22, 2016 between the Company and the Purchasers thereto (incorporated 

by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 22, 2016).  

10.18 

   Employment Letter between the Company and Matthew Shafer dated August 23, 2016, (incorporated by reference 

from Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 29, 2016).  

10.19 

   Letter  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Mark  A.  Featherstone  dated  August  25,  2016,  (incorporated  by 

reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 29, 2016).  

10.20 

   Employment Letter between the Company and Mike Mekhiche dated September 12, 2016, (incorporated by reference 

from Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 29, 2016).  

58 

 
  
  
  
  
Exhibit    
Number   

Description 

10.21 

   Letter Agreement between the Company and Mike Mekhiche dated June 19, 2014, (incorporated by reference from 

Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 29, 2016). 

10.22 

   Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  the  U.S.  Office  of  Naval  Research  dated  September  13,  2016 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 14, 
2016).  

10.23 

   Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  Employment  Inducement  Incentive  Award  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to 

Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 19, 2018).*  

10.24 

   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan (incorporated by reference 

to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 19, 2018).*  

10.25 

   Contract between Eni S.p.A. and the Company dated March 14, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 

Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 19, 2018). +  

10.26 

   Contract  between  Premier  Oil  UK  Limited  and  the  Company  dated  June  27,  2018  (incorporated  by  reference  to 

Exhibit 10.27 to Form 10-K filed with the SEC on July 17, 2018).+  

10.27 

   Amendment to the Employment Agreement of George H. Kirby III (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to 

Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 18, 2018). *  

10.28 

   Common Stock Purchase Agreement with Aspire Capital Fund, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 

Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 13, 2018).  

10.29 

   Registration Rights Agreement with Aspire Capital Fund, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-

K filed with the SEC on August 13, 2018).  

10.30 

   Sales Agreement between the Company and A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 

10.1 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 7, 2019).  

10.31 

   Contract between U.S. Navy and the Company dated February 11, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 

to Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on March 11, 2019).  

10.32 

   Form  of  Warrant  Agency  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Computershare  Trust  Company,  N.A. 
collectively  as  warrant  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.7  to  Amendment  No.2  to  the  Company’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (file No. 333-230199, filed with the SEC on April 3, 2019. 

10.33 

   Form of Common Warrant ((incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 5, 

2019).  

10.34 

   Form of Pre-Funded Warrant ((incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 5, 

2019).  

10.35 

   Warrant  Agency  Agreement  between  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  and Computershare  Trust  Company,  N.A. 

dated April 8, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 8, 2019.  

10.36 

   Contract  amendment  between  Premier  Oil  UK  Limited  and  the  Company  dated  June  24,  2019  (incorporated  by 

reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2019).+  

10.37 

   Lease Agreement dated March 31, 2017 between Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. and PPH Industrial 28 Engelhard, 

21.1 
23.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1 
32.2 

101 

LLC. 

   Subsidiaries of the registrant  
   Consent of KPMG LLP  
   Certification of Chief Executive Officer  
   Certification of Chief Financial Officer  
   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**  
   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**  

   The following financial information from Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
annual period ended April 30, 2019, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated 
Balance Sheets - as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations - for the years ended 
April 30, 2019 and 2018, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss - for the years ended April 30, 2019 
and 2018, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity - for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 (v) 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, (vi) Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements.*** 

+ Indicates that confidential treatment has been requested for this exhibit. 

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

** As provided in Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K, this exhibit shall not be deemed to be “filed” or part 
of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
or otherwise subject to the liability under those sections. 

***  As  provided  in  Rule  406T  of  Regulation  S-T,  this  exhibit  shall  not  be  deemed  “filed”  or  a  part  of  a 
registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise 
subject to the liability under those sections. 

59 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page 

Reports of Management ............................................................................................................................................  
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm....................................................................................  
Consolidated Balance Sheets, April 30, 2019 and 2018 ...........................................................................................  
Consolidated Statements of Operations, Years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 ......................................................  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, Years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 ......................................  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, Years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 ......................................  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 .....................................................  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .............................................................................................................  

F-2 
F-3 
F-4 
F-5 
F-6 
F-7 
F-8 
F-9 

F-1 

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Management’s Report on Consolidated Financial Statements 

Reports of Management 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the management of Ocean Power 
Technologies,  Inc.  (the  Company)  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  to  reflect  the  financial 
position of the Company and its operating results. The financial information appearing throughout this Annual Report is 
consistent with the consolidated financial statements. Management is responsible for the information and representations 
in  such  consolidated  financial  statements,  including  the  estimates  and  judgments  required  for  their  preparation.  The 
consolidated financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as 
stated in their report, which appears herein. 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed entirely of directors who are not officers or 
employees of the Company, meets regularly with management and the independent registered public accounting firm. The 
independent registered public accounting firm has had, and continues to have, direct access to the Audit Committee without 
the presence of other management personnel and have been directed to discuss the results of their audit work and any 
matters they believe should be brought to the Committee’s attention. The independent registered public accounting firm 
reports directly to the Audit Committee. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 
financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that: 

●  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 

transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; 

●  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the Company; and 

●  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use 
or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls 
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures 
may deteriorate. 

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting 
as of April 30, 2019. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this 
assessment using those criteria, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was 
effective as of April 30, 2019. 

/s/ George H. Kirby III 
George H. Kirby III 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Matthew T. Shafer 
Matthew T. Shafer 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors 
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  and 
subsidiaries  (the  Company)  as  of  April  30,  2019  and  2018,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations, 
comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended April 30, 2019, 
and  the  related  notes  (collectively,  the  consolidated  financial  statements).  In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, and 
the  results  of  its  operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  two-year  period  ended  April  30,  2019,  in 
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

Going Concern 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  assuming  that  the  Company  will 
continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1(b) to the consolidated financial statements, as of April 30, 2019 the 
Company has cash and cash equivalents of $16.7 million, and the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations 
and  has  an  accumulated  deficit.  These  factors  raise  substantial  doubt  about  its  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern. 
Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1(b). The consolidated financial statements do 
not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. 

Change in Accounting Principle 

As discussed in Note 1(o) to the consolidated financial statements, effective May 1, 2018, the Company adopted 
Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and several related amendments, 
issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). This change was adopted using the modified retrospective 
method. 

Basis for Opinion 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility 
is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm 
registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan 
and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of 
material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  The  Company  is  not  required  to  have,  nor  were  we  engaged  to 
perform,  an  audit  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  As  part  of  our  audits,  we  are  required  to  obtain  an 
understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. 

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2004. 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
July 22, 2019 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands, except share data) 

   April 30, 2019 

      April 30, 2018 

Current assets: 

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents .....................................................................     $ 
Marketable securities .............................................................................       
Restricted cash- short-term ....................................................................       
Accounts receivable ...............................................................................       
Unbilled receivables ..............................................................................       
Contract assets .......................................................................................       
Litigation receivable ..............................................................................       
Other current assets ................................................................................       
Total current assets ............................................................................       
Property and equipment, net ......................................................................       
Restricted cash- long-term .........................................................................       
Total assets .........................................................................................     $ 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable ...................................................................................     $ 
Accrued expenses ..................................................................................       
Litigation payable ..................................................................................       
Unearned revenue ..................................................................................       
Contract liabilities ..................................................................................       
Warrant liabilities ..................................................................................       
Current portion of capital lease obligations ...........................................       
Deferred credits payable current ............................................................       
Total current liabilities .......................................................................       
Deferred rent ..............................................................................................       
Total liabilities ...................................................................................       

Commitments and contingencies 
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares, none 
issued or outstanding .............................................................................       
Common stock, $0.001 par value; authorized 100,000,000 shares, 
issued 5,425,517 and 921,247 shares, respectively ................................       
Treasury stock, at cost; 3,770 and 3,701 shares, respectively ................       
Additional paid-in capital ......................................................................       
Accumulated deficit ...............................................................................       
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .................................................       
Total stockholders’ equity..................................................................       
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ...........................................     $ 

16,660      $ 
-        
344        
63        
-        
15        
-        
537        
17,619        
592        
155        
18,366      $ 

312      $ 
1,938        
-        
-        
188        
6        
-        
-        
2,444        
147        
2,591        

11,499   
25   
572   
171   
71   
-   
350   
567   
13,255   
712   
154   
14,121   

290   
2,261   
350   
18   
-   
201   
23   
600   
3,743   
142   
3,885   

-        

-   

5        
(301 )      
226,026        
(209,784 )      
(171 )      
15,775        
18,366      $ 

1   
(300 ) 
208,233   
(197,538 ) 
(160 ) 
10,236   
14,121   

Common stock, Treasury stock, Additional paid-in capital and share data at April 30, 2018 has been adjusted 
retroactively to reflect a 1-for-20 reverse stock split effective March 11, 2019. 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

 
  
  
  
     
       
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
     
         
    
 
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Revenues ........................................................................................................     $ 
Cost of revenues ............................................................................................       
Gross profit/(loss) ......................................................................................       

Operating expenses: 

Engineering and product development costs .............................................       
Selling, general and administrative costs ...................................................       
Total operating expenses .......................................................................       
Operating loss ................................................................................................       

Gain due to the change in fair value of warrant liabilities .............................       
Interest income, net ........................................................................................       
Other income .................................................................................................       
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) .........................................................................       
Loss before income taxes ...............................................................................       
Income tax benefit .....................................................................................       
Net loss ..........................................................................................................     $ 
Basic and diluted net loss per share ...............................................................     $ 
Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per 
share ...........................................................................................................       

Twelve months ended April 30, 

2019 

2018 

632      $ 
1,303        
(671 )      

4,984        
7,616        
12,600        
(13,271 )      

195        
35        
-        
(55 )      
(13,096 )      
850        
(12,246 )    $ 
(9.52 )    $ 

511   
763   
(252 ) 

4,320   
6,988   
11,308   
(11,560 ) 

122   
83   
4   
75   
(11,276 ) 
1,119   
(10,157 ) 
(13.24 ) 

1,286,727        

767,330   

Common stock and share data at April 30, 2018 has been adjusted retroactively to reflect a 1-for-20 reverse stock split 
effective March 11, 2019. 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
     
         
    
     
         
    
  
     
         
    
 
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss 
(in thousands) 

Twelve months ended April 30, 

2019 

2018 

Net loss ......................................................................................................     $ 
Foreign currency translation adjustment ....................................................       
Total comprehensive loss ...........................................................................     $ 

(12,246 )    $ 
(11 )      
(12,257 )    $ 

(10,157 ) 
-   
(10,157 ) 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
       
  
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
(in thousands, except share data) 

   Common Shares       Treasury Shares      
   Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Capital       Deficit 

Paid-In      Accumulated     

Additional 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive     
Loss 

Total 
Stockholders’   

     Equity 

Balances, April 30, 2017 ...........................       315,700     $ 
Net loss ......................................................      
Stock based compensation ........................      
Issuance/(forfeiture) of restricted stock, 
net ..............................................................      
8,937       
Sale of stock ..............................................       596,610       
Acquisition of treasury stock ....................      
Adoption of accounting standard update 
related to stock compensation accounting 
(ASU 2016-09) ..........................................      
Other comprehensive loss .........................      
Balances, April 30, 2018 ...........................       921,247     $ 

-        (2,403)   $ 

(263 )   $  193,240    $ 

-       
1       
         (1,298)     

(37 )     

329      

-      
14,653      

(187,370)   $ 
(10,157)     

(160 )   $ 

5,447   
(10,157 ) 
329   

-   
14,654   
(37 ) 

11      

(11)     

1        (3,701)   $ 

(300 )   $  208,233    $ 

(197,538)   $ 

-       
(160 )   $ 

-   
10,236   

(5,090 )     

21,429       

Net loss ......................................................      
Stock based compensation ........................      
Issuance/(forfeiture) of restricted stock, 
net ..............................................................      
Common stock issued for commitment 
fee ..............................................................      
Issuance of common stock- Aspire 
financing, net of issuance costs .................       162,162       
Issuance of common stock- AGP At The 
Market offering, net of issuance costs ......       151,561       
Issuance of common stock, common and 
pre-funded warrants, net of issuance  
costs ...........................................................      1,542,000       
Exercise of pre-funded warrants ...............      2,632,120       
Acquisition of treasury stock ....................      
Other comprehensive loss .........................      
Other ..........................................................      
88       
Balances, April 30, 2019 ...........................      5,425,517     $ 

(12,246)     

295      

-      

295      

593      

882      

15,711      
17      

(1 )     

-       

(301 )   $  226,026    $ 

(209,784)   $ 

-       

-       

-       

-       

1       
3       

(89)     

-       
20      
5        (3,770)   $ 

(12,246 ) 
295   

-   

295   

593   

882   

15,712   
20   
(1 ) 
(11 ) 
-   
15,775   

(11 )     

(171 )     

Common stock, Treasury stock, Additional paid-in capital and share data at April 30, 2018 and April 30, 2017 have 
been adjusted retroactively to reflect a 1-for-20 reverse stock split effective March 11, 2019. 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-7 

 
  
  
    
  
  
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
        
        
       
        
       
        
        
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
        
       
       
        
        
        
       
        
        
    
        
        
       
        
       
       
  
    
        
        
       
        
       
       
        
    
        
        
       
        
       
        
        
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
       
        
        
        
       
       
        
        
        
       
        
       
       
       
       
        
 
 
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

Twelve months ended April 30, 

2019 

2018 

(12,246 )    $ 

(10,157 ) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net loss ........................................................................................................     $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:    
Foreign exchange loss/(gain) ...................................................................    
Depreciation ............................................................................................    
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment .................................    
Compensation expense related to stock option grants and restricted 
stock ........................................................................................................    
Gain due to the change in fair value of warrant liabilities .......................    
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable ............................................................................    
Unbilled receivables ............................................................................    
Contract assets .....................................................................................    
Other assets .........................................................................................    
Accounts payable ................................................................................    
Accrued expenses ................................................................................    
Deferred rent .......................................................................................    
Deferred credit payable .......................................................................    
Unearned revenue ................................................................................    
Contract liabilities ...............................................................................    
Net cash used in operating activities ...............................................    

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of marketable securities ..............................................................    
Maturities of marketable securities ..............................................................    
Leasehold improvements and purchase of equipment .................................    
Net cash used in investing activities................................................    

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs .................    
Proceeds from issuance of common stock- Aspire financing net of 
issuance costs...............................................................................................    
Proceeds from issuance of common stock- AGP At The Market offering, 
net of issuance costs ....................................................................................    
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, common and pre-funded 
warrants, net of issuance costs .....................................................................    
Proceeds from exercise of pre-funded warrants ...........................................    
Payment of capital lease obligations ............................................................    
Acquisition of treasury stock .......................................................................    
Net cash provided by financing activities .......................................    

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted 
cash ..................................................................................................................    
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash ..............    
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period .....................    
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period ................................     $ 

55     
180     
-     

295     
(195 )   

108     
71     
(15 )   
325     
23     
(316 )   
5     
(600 )   
(18 )   
188     
(12,140 )   

(25 )   
50     
(54 )   
(29 )   

-     

593     

882     

15,712     
20     
(23 )   
(1 )   
17,183     

(80 )   
4,934     
12,225     
17,159      $ 

Supplemental schedule of cash flows information: 

Cash paid for interest ...................................................................................     $ 

1      $ 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities: 

Acquisition of leasehold improvements and equipment through accrued 
expenses .......................................................................................................     $ 

5      $ 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities: 

Common stock issued for payment of commitment fee ...............................     $ 

295      $ 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 

F-8 

(75 ) 
122   
5   

329   
(122 ) 

(123 ) 
225   
-   
194   
(296 ) 
(821 ) 
5   
-   
18   
-   
(10,696 ) 

(25 ) 
25   
(658 ) 
(658 ) 

14,654   

-   

-   

-   
-   
(35 ) 
(37 ) 
14,582   

88   
3,316   
8,909   
12,225   

3   

11   

-   

 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
      
  
    
  
  
      
  
    
 
 
OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(1) Background and Liquidity 

(a) Background 

Ocean  Power  Technologies,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  was  founded  in  1984  in New  Jersey,  commenced  business 
operations  in  1994  and  re-incorporated  in  Delaware  in  2007.  The  Company  is  developing  and  commercializing  its 
proprietary  systems  that  generate  electricity  by  harnessing  the  renewable  energy  of  ocean  waves.  The  Company  uses 
proprietary technologies that convert the mechanical energy created by the heaving motion of ocean waves into electricity. 
The Company has designed and continues to develop the PowerBuoy® product line which is based on modular, ocean-
going buoys, which the Company has been periodically ocean testing since 1997. The Company markets its PowerBuoys® 
in the United States and internationally. Since fiscal 2002, government agencies have accounted for a significant portion 
of the Company’s revenues. These revenues were largely for the support of product development efforts relating to our 
technology. Today our goal is to generate the majority our revenue from the sale or lease of products, and sales and services 
to support our business operations. As we continue to develop and commercialize our products and services, we expect to 
have a net use of cash from operating activities unless and until we achieve positive cash flow from the commercialization 
of products and services. 

(b) Liquidity/Going Concern 

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  assuming  the  Company  will  continue  as  a  going 
concern. The Company has experienced substantial and recurring losses from operations, which have contributed to an 
accumulated deficit of $209.8 million at April 30, 2019. At April 30, 2019, the Company had approximately $17.2 million 
in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash on hand. The Company generated revenues of only $0.6 million and $0.5 
million during the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Based on the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and 
restricted cash balances as of April 30, 2019, the Company believes that it will be able to finance its capital requirements 
and operations into the quarter ending July 31, 2020. The Company will require additional equity and/or debt financing to 
continue its operations. The Company cannot provide assurances that it will be able to secure additional funding when 
needed or at all, or, if secured, that such funding would be on favorable terms. These factors raise substantial doubt about 
the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  a  going  concern  basis,  which  contemplates  the 
realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The consolidated financial statements 
do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets amounts or the amounts 
and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. 

Management  is  evaluating  different  strategies  to  obtain  the  required  additional  funding  for  future  operations. 
These strategies may include, but are not limited to, additional funding from current or new investors, officers and directors; 
borrowings of debt; a public offering of the Company’s equity or debt securities; partnerships and/or collaborations. There 
can be no assurance that any of these future-funding efforts will be successful. 

In fiscal 2019 and 2018, the Company has continued to make investments in ongoing product development efforts 
in anticipation of future growth. The Company’s future results of operations involve significant risks and uncertainties. 
Factors  that  could  affect  the  Company’s  future  operating  results  and  cause  actual  results  to  vary  materially  from 
expectations include, but are not limited to, risks from lack of available financing and insufficient capital, performance of 
PowerBuoys®,  its  inability  to  market  and  commercialize  its  PowerBuoys®,  technology  development,  scalability  of 
technology and production, dependence on skills of key personnel, concentration of customers and suppliers, deployment 
risks and laws, regulations and permitting. In order to continue to implement its business strategy, the Company requires 
additional  equity  and/or  debt  financing.  The  Company  closed  five  equity  financing  arrangements  during  the  two-year 
period ended April 30, 2019. The Company does not currently have any committed sources of debt or equity financing, 
and the Company cannot assure that additional equity and/or debt financing will be available to the Company as needed 
on acceptable terms, or at all. Historically, the Company has raised capital through securities sales in the public capital 
markets. If sufficient additional financing is not obtained when needed, the Company may be required to further curtail or 
limit operations, engineering and product development costs, and/or selling, general and administrative activities in order 
to reduce its cash expenditures. This could cause the Company to be unable to execute its business plan, take advantage of 
future opportunities and may cause it to scale back, delay or eliminate some or all of its product development activities 
and/or reduce the scope of or cease its operations. 

F-9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On June 2, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement, which was amended on June 7, 2016 
(as  amended,  the  “Purchase Agreement”)  with  certain  institutional  purchasers  (the  “June  Purchasers”).  Pursuant  to  the 
terms  of  the  Purchase  Agreement,  the  Company  sold  an  aggregate  of  20,850  shares  of  Common  Stock  together  with 
warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 7,298 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold together 
with a warrant to purchase 0.35 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $92.00. The net proceeds to 
the  Company  from  the  offering  were  approximately  $1.7  million,  after  deducting  placement  agent  fees  and  estimated 
offering expenses payable by the Company, but excluding the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of the warrants issued in 
the offering. The warrants have an exercise price of $121.60 per share, became exercisable on December 3, 2016 (“Initial 
Exercise Date”), and will expire five years following the Initial Exercise Date. The Company paid the placement agents 
approximately $100,000 as placement agent fees in connection with the sale of securities in the offering. The Company 
also reimbursed the placement agents $35,000 for their out of pocket and legal expenses in connection with the offering. 

On July 22, 2016, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to the Purchase Agreement (the “Second 
Amended  Purchase  Agreement”)  with  certain  purchasers  (the  “July  Purchasers”).  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Second 
Amended Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 29,750 shares of Common Stock together with warrants 
to purchase up to an aggregate of 8,925 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold together with a 
warrant to purchase 0.30 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $135.00. The net proceeds to the 
Company from the offering were approximately $3.6 million, after deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering 
expenses payable by  the  Company,  but  excluding  the  proceeds,  if  any,  from  the  exercise  of  the  warrants  issued  in  the 
offering. The Warrants were exercisable immediately at an exercise price of $187.20 per share. The Warrants will expire 
on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the initial date of issuance. 

On October 19, 2016, the Company sold 138,000 shares of common stock at a price of $55.00 per share, which 
includes the sale of 18,000 shares of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, 
of the over-allotment option by the underwriters in a public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering 
were approximately $6.9 million, after deducting underwriter fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On May 2, 2017, the Company sold 309,638 shares of common stock at a price of $26.00 per share, which includes 
the sale of 40,388 shares of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the 
over-allotment option by the underwriters in a public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were 
approximately $7.2 million, after deducting underwriter fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On October 23, 2017, the Company sold 286,972 shares of common stock at a price of $28.40 per share in a best 
efforts  public  offering.  The  net  proceeds  to  the  Company  from  the  offering  were  approximately  $7.4  million,  after 
deducting placement fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On August 13, 2018, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement with Aspire Capital Fund, 
LLC  (“Aspire  Capital”)  which  provides  that,  subject  to  certain  terms,  conditions  and  limitations,  Aspire  Capital  is 
committed to purchase up to an aggregate of $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock over a 30-month 
period that does not exceed 19.99% of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. Shareholder approval 
was not needed since the number of common stock offered for sale in the common stock purchase agreement did not exceed 
19.99% of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. In consideration for entering into the agreement, 
the Company issued to Aspire Capital 21,429 shares of our common stock as a commitment fee. As of April 30, 2019, the 
Company has sold 162,162 shares of common stock with an aggregate market value of $949,259 at an average price of 
$5.85 per share pursuant to this common stock purchase agreement. 

On January 7, 2019, the Company entered into an At the Market Offering Agreement (“2019 ATM Facility”) with 
A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (“AGP”), under which the Company may issue and sell to or through A.G.P./Alliance 
Global Partners, acting as agent and/or principal, shares of the Company’s common stock having an aggregate offering 
price of up to $25 million. As of April 30, 2019, under the 2019 ATM Facility the Company issued and sold 151,561 shares 
of its common stock with an aggregate market value of $958,229 at an average price of $6.32 per share and paid AGP a 
sales commission of approximately $33,469 related to those shares. 

On April 8, 2019, the Company sold 1,542,000 shares of common stock, which includes the sale of 642,000 shares 
of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the over-allotment option by the 
underwriters in a public offering, prefunded warrants to purchase up to 3,385,680 shares of common stock and common 
warrants to purchase up to 4,927,680 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering. The net proceeds to 
the Company from the offering were approximately $15.7 million, after deducting underwriter fees and offering expenses 
payable by the Company. 

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The sale of additional equity or convertible securities could result in dilution to stockholders. If additional funds 
are raised through the issuance of debt securities, these securities could have rights senior to those associated with the 
Company’s Common Stock and could contain covenants that would restrict its operations. Financing may not be available 
in amounts or on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. If the Company is unable to obtain required financing, it may 
be required to reduce the scope of its operations, including its planned product development and marketing efforts, which 
could  materially  and  adversely  harm  its  financial  condition  and  operating  results.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  secure 
additional financing, it may be forced to cease operations. 

(c) Reverse Stock-Split 

At the special meeting of the Company’s stockholders on March 8, 2019, our stockholders approved a proposal 
to amend our Certificate of Incorporation to affect a reverse split of our common stock at a ratio to be determined by the 
Company’s Board of Directors within a specific range. After the special meeting of stockholders, the Company’s Board of 
Directors convened and decided to initiate the reverse split, chose a ratio, and directed management to take the necessary 
steps  to  effectuate  the  reverse  split  as  soon  as  possible.  Pursuant  to  the  direction  of  the  Board,  the  Company  filed  a 
Certificate of Amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation to affect a one-for-twenty reverse stock split of our common 
stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”). As of the close of markets on March 11, 2019, the effective date of the Reverse Stock 
Split, every twenty shares of issued and outstanding common stock were combined into one issued and outstanding share 
of common stock, without any change in the par value per share. Any fractional shares in connection with the Reverse 
Stock Split were rounded up to the nearest whole share and no cash payments were made by the Company to stockholders 
in lieu of fractional shares. The common stock began trading on a reverse stock split-adjusted basis on the Nasdaq Stock 
Market (“Nasdaq”) on March 12, 2019. All share and per share data included in this annual report has been retroactively 
restated to reflect the Reverse Stock Split. 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

(a) Consolidation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned 
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company 
also periodically evaluates its relationships with other entities to identify whether they are variable interest entities, and to 
assess whether it is the primary beneficiary of such entities. If the determination is made that the Company is the primary 
beneficiary, then that entity is included in the consolidated financial statements. As of April 30, 2019, there were no such 
entities. 

(b) Use of Estimates 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management of the Company to make a number 
of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets  and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during  the  period.  Significant  items  subject to  such  estimates  and  assumptions  include fair  value of warrant  liabilities; 
estimated  costs  to  complete  projects  and  percentage  of  completion  of  customer  contracts  for  purposes  of  revenue 
recognition.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.  The  current  economic  environment,  particularly  the 
macroeconomic pressures in certain European countries, has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in those estimates 
and assumptions. 

(c) Revenue Recognition 

A performance  obligation  is  the unit of account for revenue recognition.  The  Company  assesses  the goods  or 
services promised in a contract with a customer and identifies as a performance obligation either: a) a good or service (or 
a bundle of goods or services) that is distinct; or b) a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same and 
that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. A contract may contain a single or multiple performance obligations. 
For  contracts  with  multiple  performance  obligations,  the  Company  allocates  the  contracted  transaction  price  to  each 
performance obligation based upon the relative standalone selling price, which represents the price the Company would 
sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. The Company determines the standalone selling price based upon 
the facts and circumstances of each obligated good or service. The majority of the Company’s contracts have no observable 
standalone selling price since the associated products and services are customized to customer specifications. As such, the 
standalone selling price generally reflects the Company’s forecast of the total cost to satisfy the performance obligation 
plus an appropriate profit margin. 

F-11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The nature of the Company’s contracts may give rise to several types of variable consideration, including claims 
and unpriced change orders; awards and incentive fees; and liquidated damages and penalties. Variable consideration can 
also arise from modifications to the scope of services. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price to the 
extent  it  is  probable  that  a  significant  reversal  of  cumulative  revenue  recognized  will  not  occur  once  the  uncertainty 
associated with the variable consideration is resolved. Our estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether 
to include such amounts in the transaction price are based largely on our assessment of legal enforceability, performance 
and any other information (historical, current, and forecasted) that is reasonably available to us. 

The Company recognizes revenue when or as it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a good or service 
to a customer, either (1) at a point in time or (2) over time. A good or service is transferred when or as the customer obtains 
control of it. The evaluation of whether control of each performance obligation is transferred at a point in time or over time 
is made at contract inception. Input measures such as costs incurred or time elapsed are utilized to assess progress against 
specific contractual performance obligations for the Company’s services. The selection of the method to measure progress 
towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of the services to be provided. For the Company, the 
input  method  using  costs  incurred  or  time  elapsed  best  represents  the  measure  of  progress  against  the  performance 
obligations incorporated within the contractual agreements. When the Company’s estimate of total costs to be incurred to 
satisfy the performance obligations exceed revenue, the Company recognizes the loss immediately. 

The  Company  classifies  leases  as  either  operating  or  capital  lease  arrangements  in  accordance  with  the 
authoritative accounting guidance contained within Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 840, “Leases”. At 
inception of the contract, the Company evaluates the lease against the four lease classification criteria within ASC Topic 
840. In general, if one of the four criteria is met, then the lease is accounted for as a capital lease. All others are treated as 
an operating lease. For operating leases, lessee payments are recorded to revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of 
the lease. 

The Company’s contracts are either cost plus or fixed price contracts. Under cost plus contracts, customers are 
billed  for  actual  expenses  incurred  plus  an  agreed-upon  fee.  Under  cost  plus  contracts,  a  profit  or  loss  on  a  project  is 
recognized depending on whether actual costs are more or less than the agreed upon amount. 

The Company has two types of fixed price contracts, firm fixed price and cost-sharing. Under firm fixed price 
contracts, the Company receives an agreed-upon amount for providing products and services specified in the contract, a 
profit or loss is recognized depending on whether actual costs are more or less than the agreed upon amount. Under cost-
sharing contracts, the fixed amount agreed upon with the customer is only intended to fund a portion of the costs on a 
specific project. Under cost sharing contracts, an amount corresponding to the revenue is recorded in cost of revenues, 
resulting in gross profit on these contracts of zero. The Company’s share of the costs is recorded as product development 
expense. For the twelve-month period ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 all of the Company’s contracts were classified as 
firm fixed price. 

As of April 30, 2019, the Company’s total remaining performance obligations, also referred to as backlog, totaled 
$0.9  million.  The  Company  expects  to  recognize  approximately  81%,  or  $0.7  million,  of  the  remaining  performance 
obligations as revenue over the next twelve months and an additional 19% the following twelve months. 

(d) Cash and Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Security Agreements 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to 
be cash equivalents. The Company invests excess cash in a money market account. The following table summarizes cash 
and cash equivalents for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018: 

   April 30, 2019       April 30, 2018    
(in thousands) 

Checking and savings accounts ..........................................     $ 
Money market account .......................................................       
   $ 

860      $ 
15,800        
16,660      $ 

1,332   
10,167   
11,499   

Restricted Cash and Security Agreements 

A portion of the Company’s cash is restricted under the terms of two security agreements. 

F-12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
 
 
 
 
One  agreement  is  between  the  Company  and  Barclays  Bank.  Under  this  agreement,  the  cash  is  on  deposit  at 
Barclays Bank and serves as security for letters of credit and bank guarantees that are expected to be issued by Barclays 
Bank on behalf of OPT LTD, one of the Company’s subsidiaries, under a credit facility established by Barclays Bank for 
OPT LTD. The credit facility is approximately €0.3 million ($0.3 million) and carries a fee of 1% per annum of the amount 
of any such obligations issued by Barclays Bank. The credit facility does not have an expiration date but is cancelable at 
the discretion of the bank. As of April 30, 2019, there was €0.3 million ($0.3 million) in letters of credit outstanding under 
this agreement. 

The other agreement is between the Company and Santander Bank. Under the agreement, the cash is on deposit 
at Santander Bank and serves as security for letter of credit issued by Santander Bank for the lease of new warehouse/office 
space in Monroe Township, New Jersey. The agreement cannot be extended beyond January 31, 2025 and is cancelable at 
the discretion of the bank. The following table summarizes restricted cash for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018: 

   April 30, 2019       April 30, 2018    
(in thousands) 

Barclay’s Bank Agreement .................................................     $ 
Santander Bank...................................................................       
   $ 

344      $ 
155        
499      $ 

372   
354   
726   

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the 
statement of financial position that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the statement of cash flows for the 
years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018: 

   April 30, 2019       April 30, 2018    
(in thousands) 

Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................     $ 
Restricted cash- short term .................................................       
Restricted cash- long term ..................................................       
   $ 

16,660      $ 
344        
155        
17,159      $ 

11,499   
572   
154   
12,225   

(e) Marketable Securities 

Marketable securities with original maturities longer than three months but that mature in less than one year from 
the balance sheet date are classified as current assets. Marketable securities that the Company has the intent and ability to 
hold to maturity are classified as investments held-to-maturity and are reported at amortized cost. The difference between 
the acquisition cost and face values of held-to-maturity investments is amortized over the remaining term of the investments 
and added to or subtracted from the acquisition cost and interest income. As of April 30, 2019, the Company did not have 
any  marketable  securities.  As  of  April  30,  2018,  the  Company  had  $25,000  in  certificates  of  deposit  and  all  of  the 
Company’s investments were classified as held-to-maturity. 

(f) Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consists primarily of equipment, furnishings, fixtures, computer equipment and leasehold 
improvements and are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets. Expenses for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Property 
and equipment is also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of 
the carrying amount of the asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the 
carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized in the amount 
by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. 

Description 

   Estimated useful life 

Equipment 
Computer equipment & software 
Office furniture & fixtures 
Equipment under capitalized lease 
Leasehold improvements 

   5 - 7 years 
   3 years 
   3 - 7 years 
   Over the life of the lease 
   Shorter of the estimated useful life or lease term 

F-13 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
 
 
(g) Foreign Exchange Gains and Losses 

The Company has invested in certain certificates of deposit and has maintained cash accounts that are denominated 
in British pounds sterling, Euros and Australian dollars. These amounts are included in cash, cash equivalents, restricted 
cash and marketable securities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Such positions may result in realized and 
unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses from exchange rate fluctuations, which are included in “foreign exchange gain 
(loss)” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. 

(h) Concentration of Credit Risk 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of 
cash balances and trade receivables. The Company invests its excess cash in money market funds and does not believe that 
it is exposed to any significant risks related to its cash accounts. 

The  table  below  shows  the  percentage  of  the  Company’s  revenues  derived  from  customers  whose  revenues 

accounted for at least 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues for at least one of the periods indicated: 

   Twelve months ended April 30, 

2019 

2018 

Eni S.p.A. ...........................................................................       
Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding ...................................       
Premier Oil UK Limited .....................................................       
Office of Naval Research ...................................................       
Other ...................................................................................       

54 %      
0 %      
33 %      
0 %      
13 %      
100 %      

33 % 
43 % 
10 % 
14 % 
0 % 
100 % 

The  loss  of,  or  a  significant  reduction  in  revenues  from  a  current  customer  could  significantly  impact  the 
Company’s financial position or results of operations. The Company does not require its customers to maintain collateral. 

(i) Warrant Accounting 

The Company accounts for warrants issued in connection with its public offerings in accordance with the guidance 
on “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” in Topic 480 which 
provides that warrants meeting the classification of a liability award are recorded as a liability at its fair value. The warrant 
liabilities are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The 
Company recognizes any change in fair value in its consolidated statements of operations within “Gain due to the change 
in fair value of warrant liabilities”. The Company will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrants for changes in 
the estimated fair value until such time as these instruments are exercised or expire. At that time, the liabilities will be 
reclassified to “Additional paid-in capital”, a component of “Stockholders’ equity” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
The warrants issued in connection with the Company’s public offerings in June and July 2016 met the criteria of a liability 
award and were classified in warrant liabilities. The pre-funded and common warrants issued in the Company’s April 8, 
2019 public offering did not meet the criteria to be classified as a liability award and therefore were treated as an equity 
award. 

(j) Net Loss per Common Share 

Basic and diluted net loss per share for all periods presented is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted 
average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. The pre-funded 
warrants were determined to be common stock equivalents and have been included in the weighted average number of 
shares outstanding for calculation of the basic earnings per share number. Due to the Company’s net losses, potentially 
dilutive securities, consisting of options to purchase shares of common stock, warrants on common stock and non-vested 
restricted stock issued to employees and non-employee directors, were excluded from the diluted loss per share calculation 
due to their anti-dilutive effect. 

In computing diluted net loss per share, options to purchase shares of common stock, warrants on common stock 
and non-vested restricted stock issued to employees and non-employee directors, totaling 5,013,981 and 45,503 for the 
years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, were excluded from each of the computations as the effect would be 
anti-dilutive due to the Company’s losses. 

F-14 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
  
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(k) Share-Based Compensation 

Costs resulting from all share-based payment transactions are recognized in the consolidated financial statements 
at their fair values. The aggregate share-based compensation expense recorded in the consolidated statements of operations 
for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The following 
table summarizes share-based compensation related to the Company’s share-based plans by expense category for the years 
ended April 30, 2019 and 2018: 

   Twelve months ended April 30,    

2019 

2018 

(in thousands) 

Product development ..........................................................     $ 
Selling, general and administrative ....................................       
Total share-based compensation expense ...........................     $ 

29      $ 
266        
295      $ 

24   
305   
329   

Valuation Assumptions for Restricted Stock and Options Granted During the Years Ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 

Options 

The fair value of each stock option granted, for both service-based and performance-based vesting requirements 
during the year ended April 30, 2019, was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, 
assuming no dividends, and using the weighted average valuation assumptions noted in the below table. The risk-free rate 
is  based  on  the  U.S.  Treasury  yield  curve  in  effect  at  the  time  of  grant.  The  expected  life  (estimated  period  of  time 
outstanding) of the stock options granted was estimated using the “simplified” method as permitted by the SEC’s Staff 
Accounting Bulletin No. 110, Share-Based Payment. Expected volatility was based on the Company’s historical volatility 
during the twelve months ended April 30, 2019. 

   Twelve months ended April 30, 

2019 

2018 

Risk-free interest rate .........................................................       
Expected dividend yield .....................................................       
Expected life (in years) .......................................................       
Expected volatility ..............................................................       

2.7 %      
0.0 %      
5.5         
126.4 %      

2.1 % 
0.0 % 
5.5   
128.2 % 

The above assumptions were used to determine the weighted average per share fair value of $7.15 and $23.40 for 

stock options granted during the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Restricted Stock 

Compensation expense for non-vested restricted stock is recorded based on its market value on the date of grant 
and recognized ratably over the associated service and performance period. During the twelve months ended April 30, 
2019, the Company granted 943 shares subject to service-based vesting requirements. 

(l) Deferred Rent 

On March 31, 2017, the Company signed a new 7-year lease for approximately 56,000 square feet in Monroe 
Township, New Jersey that will be used as warehouse/production space and the Company’s principal offices and corporate 
headquarters. The lease was classified as an operating lease. Rent payments relating to the Monroe premises are subject to 
annual increases. The minimum monthly payments will vary over the 7-year term of the lease. The Company will record 
rent expense on a straight-line basis over the 7-year term of the lease. The difference between rent expense and the monthly 
lease  payment  will  go  to  a  deferred  rent/prepaid  rent  account.  The  Landlord  has  provided  the  Company  a  tenant 
improvement allowance in an amount up to, but not exceeding, $137,563 to be applied to the cost of tenant improvement 
work. The Company collected the full amount of the tenant improvement allowance in May 2018. The Company recorded 
lease incentive liability to deferred rent. With the Company’s adoption of ASU No. 2016-02 on May 1, 2019, the balances 
in lease incentive liability and deferred rent will be included in the value of the right of use asset. 

F-15 

 
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
        
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(m) Income Taxes 

Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  under  the  asset  and  liability  method.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are 
recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of 
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those 
temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards are expected to be recovered, settled or utilized. The 
effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the 
enactment date. 

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of 
being sustained upon examination. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 
50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in 
judgment occurs. The Company records interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in 
selling, general, and administrative expenses, to the extent incurred. 

(n) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

The functional currency for the Company’s foreign operations is the applicable local currency. The translation 
from the applicable foreign currencies to U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using the exchange rates in 
effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts using an average exchange rate during the period. 
The unrealized gains or losses resulting from such translation are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss within 
stockholders’ equity. 

(o) Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 
No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” ASU 2014-09 outlines a new, single comprehensive 
model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current 
revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. This new revenue recognition model provides a five-
step analysis in determining when and how revenue  is recognized. The new model will require revenue recognition to 
depict  the  transfer of  promised  goods or  services  to  customers  in  an  amount  that reflects  the  consideration  a  company 
expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The FASB subsequently issued additional clarifying standards 
to address issues arising from implementation of the new revenue standard, including a one-year deferral of the effective 
date for the new revenue standard. Public companies should now apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting 
periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted 
only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that annual period. 
Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adopt ASU 2014-09. Under the full 
retrospective method, the standard would be applied to each prior reporting period presented and the cumulative effect of 
applying the standard would be recognized at the earliest period shown. Under the modified retrospective  method, the 
cumulative  effect  of  applying  the  standard would  be  recognized  at  the  date  of  application.  Effective  May  1,  2018,  the 
Company adopted the requirements of ASU 2014-09 using the modified retrospective method. As a practical expedient, 
the Company adopted the new standard only for existing contracts as of May 1, 2018, the date of adoption. Any contracts 
that had expired prior to May 1, 2018 were not evaluated against the new standard. The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 
and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or 
cash flows. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” which amends the existing guidance 
on accounting for leases. Topic 842 was further clarified and amended within ASU 2017-13, ASU 2018-01, ASU 2018-
10, ASU 2018-11 and ASU 2018-20. The new standard establishes a right-of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to 
record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months or leases 
that  contain  a  purchase  option  that  is  reasonably  certain  to  be  exercised.  Leases  will  be  classified  as  either  finance  or 
operating,  with  classification  affecting  the  pattern  of  expense  recognition  in  the  income  statement.  ASU  2016-02  is 
effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those annual periods, 
with  early  adoption  permitted.  The  company  will  adopt  Topic  842  during  the  first  quarter  of  2019  using  the  modified 
retrospective method. The new guidance will be applied to leases that exist or are entered into on or after May 1, 2019 
without adjusting comparative periods in the financial statements. The company expects to utilize the package of practical 
expedients in ASC 842-10-65-1(f) that, upon adoption of Topic 842, allows entities to (1) not reassess whether any expired 
or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) retain the classification of leases (e.g., operating or finance lease) existing as 
of the date of adoption and (3) not reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases. Based on the most recent assessment 
of existing leases, the Company expects to record a right-of-use asset and lease liability in the range of $1.0 to $2.0 million 
that will be included on the balance sheet as of May 1, 2019. The Company does not expect the adoption of Topic 842 to 
have a material impact on the company’s results of operations or cash flows. 

F-16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain 
Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”, providing additional guidance on eight specific cash flow classification issues. The 
goal of the ASU is to reduce diversity in practice of classifying certain items. The amendments in the ASU are effective 
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is 
permitted. The Company adopted the standard on May 1, 2018 and determined the standard had no impact on its financial 
position, results of operation or cash flows. 

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, “Compensation — Stock Compensation (ASC Topic 718): Scope 
of Modification Accounting,” which clarifies when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award 
must be accounted for as a modification. Entities should apply the modification accounting guidance if the value, vesting 
conditions or classification of the award changes. The amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted 
the standard on May 1, 2018 and determined the standard had no impact on its financial position, results of operations or 
cash flows. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820).” The ASU modifies, 
removes and adds several disclosure requirements on fair value measurements in Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. 
ASU 2018-13 is effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after 
December  15,  2019.  The  amendments  on  changes  in  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  the  range  and  weighted  average  of 
significant  unobservable  inputs  used  to  develop  Level  3  fair  value  measurements,  and  the  narrative  description  of 
measurement uncertainty should be applied prospectively for only the most recent interim or annual period presented in 
the initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon 
their effective date. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of ASU 2018-13. An entity is permitted to early adopt any 
removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of ASU 2018-13 and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until 
their effective date. The Company is evaluating the effect ASU 2018-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements 
and disclosures and has not yet determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2018-15,  “Intangibles  —  Goodwill  and  Other  —  Internal-Use 
Software (Subtopic 350-40).” The ASU provides for the recognition of an intangible asset for the costs of internal-use 
software licenses included in a cloud computing arrangement. Costs of arrangements that do not include a software license 
should be accounted for as a service contract and expensed as incurred. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The ASU permits two methods of adoption: prospectively to all 
implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption, or retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented. The 
Company is evaluating the effect ASU 2018-15 will have on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures and has 
not yet determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting at this time. 

(3) Account Receivable, Contract Assets, and Contract Liabilities 

The following provides further details on the balance sheet accounts of accounts receivable, contract assets, and 

contract liabilities. 

Accounts Receivable 

The Company grants credit to its customers, generally without collateral, under normal payment terms (typically 
30 to 60 days after invoicing). Generally, invoicing occurs after the related services are performed or control of good has 
transferred  to  the  customer.  Accounts  receivable  represents  an  unconditional  right  to  consideration  arising  from  the 
Company’s performance under contracts with customers. The carrying value of such receivables represent their estimated 
realizable value. Accounts receivable consisted of the following at April 30, 2019 and April 30, 2018. 

   April 30, 2019       April 30, 2018    
(in thousands) 

Opening balance .................................................................     $ 
Amount invoiced to customer ............................................       
Collections ..........................................................................       
Ending balance ...................................................................     $ 

171      $ 
857        
(965 )      
63      $ 

48   
754   
(631 ) 
171   

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities 

Contract assets (previously referred to as unbilled receivables). Contract assets include unbilled amounts typically 
resulting from arrangements whereby the right to payment is conditioned on completing additional tasks or services for a 
performance  obligation.  On  May  1,  2018,  the  day  of  adoption  of  ASC  2014-09,  the  Company  reclassified  $71,000  of 
unbilled receivables to contract assets. 

F-17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
 
 
 
Contract liabilities (previously referred to as unearned revenue). Contract liabilities consist of amounts invoiced 
to  customers  in  excess  of  revenue  recognized.  On  May  1,  2018,  the  day  of  adoption  of  ASC  2014-09,  the  Company 
reclassified $18,000 of unearned revenue to contract liabilities. 

A summary of the contract assets and contract liabilities is as follows: 

   April 30, 2019       April 30, 2018    
(in thousands) 

Contract assets ....................................................................     $ 
Contract liabilities ..............................................................       
Contract (liability)/assets, net .............................................     $ 

15      $ 
(188 )      
(173 )    $ 

-   
-   
-   

The increase in contract assets is primarily a result of services performed but unbilled during the twelve months 
ended April 30, 2019. The increase in contract liabilities is primarily a result of additional amounts invoiced to customers 
in excess of revenue recognized during the twelve months ended April 30, 2019. During the twelve months ended April 
30, 2019, the Company recognized $18,000 of revenue that was included in contract liabilities at May 1, 2018. During the 
twelve months ended April 30, 2019, the Company recognized revenue of $145,000 related to performance obligations 
that were partially satisfied in previous periods. 

(4) Property and Equipment 

The components of property and equipment as of April 30, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following: 

   April 30, 2019       April 30, 2018    
(in thousands) 

Equipment ..........................................................................     $ 
Computer Equipment & Software ......................................       
Office Furniture & Equipment ...........................................       
Leasehold improvements ....................................................       
Equipment under capitalized lease .....................................       
Construction in process ......................................................       
   $ 
Less: accumulated depreciation ..........................................       
   $ 

339      $ 
558        
341        
474        
103        
15        
1,830      $ 
(1,238 )      
592      $ 

394   
614   
338   
473   
103   
0   
1,922   
(1,210 ) 
712   

Depreciation expense was $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

As of April 30, 2019 and 2018, computer equipment and software under capital leases was $103 thousand and 
$103 thousand, respectively. The terms of the leases are for 36 months. The leases for computer equipment and software 
under capital leases have ended and there no future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of April 30, 2019. 

(5) Accrued Expenses 

Accrued expenses consist of the following at April 30, 2019 and April 30, 2018. 

   April 30, 2019       April 30, 2018    
(in thousands) 

Project costs ........................................................................     $ 
Contract loss reserve ..........................................................       
Employee incentive payments ............................................       
Accrued salary and benefits ................................................       
Legal and accounting fees ..................................................       
Accrued taxes payable ........................................................       
Other ...................................................................................       
   $ 

9      $ 
211        
580        
500        
273        
177        
188        
1,938      $ 

57   
395   
761   
442   
246   
179   
181   
2,261   

F-18 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
  
  
 
 
 
(6) Deferred Credits Payable 

During the year ended April 30, 2001, in connection with the sale of Common Stock to an investor, the Company 
received $0.6 million from the investor in exchange for an option to purchase up to 500,000 metric tons of carbon emissions 
credits generated by the Company during the years 2008 through 2012, at a 30% discount from the then-prevailing market 
rate. If the Company received emission credits under applicable laws and failed to sell to the investor the credits up to the 
full amount of emission credits covered by the option, the investor was entitled to liquidated damages equal to 30% of the 
aggregate market value of the shortfall in emission credits (subject to a limit on the market price of emission credits). Under 
the terms of the agreement, if the Company did not become entitled under applicable laws to the full amount of emission 
credits covered by the option by December 31, 2012, the Company was obligated to return the option fee of $0.6 million, 
less the aggregate discount on any emission credits sold to the investor prior to such date. In December 2012, the Company 
and the investor agreed to extend the period for the sale of emission credits until December 31, 2017. The Company did 
not generate any emissions credits eligible for purchase under the agreement and it was agreed by the investor and the 
Company that the Company return the option fee of $0.6 million, which was completed as of August 31, 2018. As a result, 
this matter is completely resolved, and no additional amounts are owed by the Company to the investor. 

(7) Warrants 

Liability Classified Warrants 

On June 2, 2016, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement, which was amended on June 7, 2016 
(as amended, the “June Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional purchasers (the “June Purchasers”). Pursuant to 
the terms of the June Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 20,850 shares of Common Stock together 
with warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 7,298 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold 
together with a warrant to purchase 0.35 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $92.00. The warrants 
have an exercise price of $121.60 per share, became exercisable on December 3, 2016 (“Initial Exercise Date”), and will 
expire five years following the Initial Exercise Date. As of April 30, 2019, none of the warrants have been exercised. 

On  July  22,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Second  Amendment  to  the  Purchase  Agreement  (the  “Second 
Amended Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional purchasers (the “July Purchasers”). Pursuant to the terms of the 
Second Amended Purchase Agreement, the Company sold an aggregate of 29,750 shares of Common Stock together with 
warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 8,925 shares of Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock was sold together 
with a warrant to purchase 0.30 of a share of Common Stock at a combined purchase price of $135.00. The Warrants were 
exercisable immediately at an exercise price of $187.20 per share. The Warrants will expire on the fifth (5th) anniversary 
of the initial date of issuance. As of April 30, 2019, none of the warrants have been exercised. 

Equity Classified Warrants 

On April 8, 2019, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “April Purchase Agreement”) with 
certain institutional purchasers. Pursuant to the terms of the April Purchase Agreement, the Company issued and sold 
1,542,000 shares of common stock and pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 3,385,680 shares of common stock and 
common warrants to purchase up to 4,927,680 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering. The public 
offering price for the pre-funded warrants was equal to the public offering price of the common stock, less the $0.01 per 
share exercise price of each warrant. The pre-funded warrants have no expiration date. As of April 30, 2019, 753,560 of 
the pre-funded warrants have not been exercised. In connection with the public offering, the Company issued common 
warrants to purchase up to 4,927,680 shares of our common stock. The common stock warrants have an exercise price of 
$3.85 per share and expire five years from the issuance date. As of April 30, 2019, none of the common stock warrants 
have been exercised. 

The Company accounts for warrants issued in connection with its public offerings in accordance with the guidance 
on “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” in Topic 480 which 
provides that the Company classify the warrant instruments as a liability at its fair value. The warrant liabilities are subject 
to  re-measurement  at  each  balance  sheet  date  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  The  June  and  July  2016 
warrants contain a feature whereby they could require the transfer of assets and therefore are classified as a liability award 
in accordance with the guidance Topic 480. As such, the warrants have a value of $6,000 at April 30, 2019 and $0.2 million 
at April 30, 2018 and are reflected within “Warrant liabilities” in the consolidated balance sheets. The pre-funded and 
common warrants issued in the Company’s April 8, 2019 public offering did not meet the criteria to be classified as a 
liability award and therefore were treated as an equity award and recorded as a component of stockholders’ equity in the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

F-19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
An unrealized gain of $0.2 million and $0.1 million, were included within “Gain due to change in fair value of 
warrant liabilities” in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 
The Company determined the fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for 
the period ended April 30, 2019 and April 30, 2018: 

   April 30, 2019        April 30, 2018    

Dividend rate ............................................     
Risk-free rate ............................................     
Expected life (years) .................................     
Expected volatility ....................................      110.0% - 153.4 %      132.9% - 142.7% 

0.0 %     
2.2% - 2.3 %     
2.2 - 2.6        

0.0% 
2.7% - 2.8% 
3.2 - 3.6  

(8) Preferred Stock 

The Company has authorized 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per 

share. As of April 30, 2019, and 2018, no shares of preferred stock had been issued. 

(9) Common Stock 

As of April 30, 2019, the Company has 100,000,000 shares authorized with a par value of $0.001 per share and 

5,425,517 shares issued. 

On May 2, 2017, the Company sold 309,638 shares of common stock at a price of $26.00 per share, which includes 
the sale of 40,388 shares of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the 
over-allotment option by the underwriters in a public offering. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were 
approximately $7.2 million, after deducting underwriter fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On October 23, 2017, the Company sold 286,972 shares of common stock at a price of $28.40 per share in a best 
efforts  public  offering.  The  net  proceeds  to  the  Company  from  the  offering  were  approximately  $7.4  million,  after 
deducting placement fees and offering expenses payable by the Company. 

On August 13, 2018, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement with Aspire Capital Fund, 
LLC  (“Aspire  Capital”)  which  provides  that,  subject  to  certain  terms,  conditions  and  limitations,  Aspire  Capital  is 
committed to purchase up to an aggregate of $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock over a 30-month 
period that does not exceed 19.99% of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. Shareholder approval 
was not needed since the number of common stock offered for sale in the common stock purchase agreement did not exceed 
19.99% of the outstanding common stock on the date of the agreement. In consideration for entering into the agreement, 
the Company issued to Aspire Capital 21,429 shares of our common stock as a commitment fee. As of April 30, 2019, the 
Company has sold 162,162 shares of common stock with an aggregate market value of $949,259 at an average price of 
$5.85 per share pursuant to this common stock purchase agreement. 

On January 7, 2019, the Company entered into an At the Market Offering Agreement (“2019 ATM Facility”) with 
A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (“AGP”), under which the Company may issue and sell to or through A.G.P./Alliance 
Global Partners, acting as agent and/or principal, shares of the Company’s common stock having an aggregate offering 
price of up to $25 million. As of April 30, 2019, under the 2019 ATM Facility the Company had issued and sold 151,561 
shares of its common stock with an aggregate market value of $958,229 at an average price of $6.32 per share and paid 
AGP a sales commission of approximately $33,469 related to those shares. 

On April 8, 2019, the Company sold 1,542,000 shares of common stock, which includes the sale of 642,000 shares 
of the Company’s common stock sold by the Company pursuant to the exercise, in full, of the over-allotment option by the 
underwriters in a public offering, prefunded warrants to purchase up to 3,385,680 shares of common stock and common 
warrants to purchase up to 4,927,680 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering. The net proceeds to 
the Company from the offering were approximately $15.7 million, after deducting underwriter’s fees and offering expenses 
payable by the Company. 

(10) Treasury Shares 

During  the  years  ended  April  30,  2019  and  2018,  89  and  1,298  shares  of  Common  Stock,  respectively,  were 

purchased by the Company from employees to pay taxes related to the vesting of restricted stock. 

F-20 

 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(11) Share-Based Compensation Plans 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan 

In 2015, upon approval by the Company’s stockholders, the Company’s 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 
Plan”) became effective. A total of 12,036 shares were authorized for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, 
including shares available for awards under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan remaining at the time that plan terminated, or 
that  were  subject  to  awards  under  the  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan  that  thereafter  terminated  by  reason  of  expiration, 
forfeiture, cancellation or otherwise. On October 21, 2016, upon approval by the Company’s stockholders, the Company 
increased the number of shares authorized for issuance to 32,036. If any award under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan or 
2015 Plan expires, is cancelled, terminates unexercised or is forfeited, those shares become again available for grant under 
the 2015 Plan. As of April 30, 2019, the Company has 58,555 shares available for future issuance under the 2015 Plan. 

The  2015  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  stock  options,  SARs,  restricted  stock  awards,  stock  unit  awards  and 
unrestricted stock awards, dividend equivalent rights, performance share awards or other performance-based awards, other 
equity-based awards or cash to eligible employees, officers and non-employee directors of the Company or any affiliate of 
the Company, or any consultant or adviser to the Company. The maximum number of shares of stock subject to Awards 
that can be granted under the 2015 Plan in any one calendar year to any person, other than a non-employee director, is 
3,750. However, incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The limitation on the amount of shares of 
stock issuable under the 2015 Plan is subject to adjustment in the event of certain changes in the Company’s capital stock, 
such as recapitalizations, reclassifications, stock splits, reverse stock splits, spin-offs, combinations of our stock, exchanges 
of the Company’s stock and other increases or decreases in the Company’s stock without receipt of consideration. 

The 2015 Plan will terminate ten years after its effective date, in October 2025, but is subject to earlier termination 

as provided in the 2015 Plan. 

Except  in  connection  with  a  corporate  transaction  in  which  the  Company  is  involved,  without  obtaining 
stockholder approval, the 2015 Plan may not be amended to reduce the exercise price of such outstanding options or SARs, 
cancel outstanding options or SARs in exchange for or in substitution of options or SARs with an exercise price that is less 
than the exercise price of the original options or SARs, or cancel outstanding options or SARs with an exercise price above 
the current stock price in exchange for cash or other securities. 

2018 Employment Inducement Incentive Award Plan 

On  January  18,  2018,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  adopted  the  Company’s  Employment  Inducement 
Incentive Award Plan (the “2018 Inducement Plan”) pursuant to which the Company reserved 25,000 shares of common 
stock for issuance under the Inducement Plan. In accordance with Rule 5635(c)(4) and Rule 5635(c)(3) of the Nasdaq 
Listing  Rules,  awards  under  the  Inducement  Plan  may  only  be  made  to  individuals  not  previously  employees  of  the 
Company  (or  following  such  individuals’  bona  fide  period  of  non-employment  with  the  Company),  as  an  inducement 
material to the individuals’ entry into employment with the Company. An award is any right to receive the Company’s 
common stock pursuant to the 2018 Inducement Plan, consisting of a performance share award, restricted stock award, a 
restricted stock unit award or a stock payment award. As of April 30, 2019, there were no shares outstanding and 25,000 
shares available for grant under the 2018 Inducement Plan. 

(a) Stock Options 

A summary of stock options under the plans described above is as follows: 

Shares 
   Underlying      
   Options 

     Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Outstanding as of April 30, 2018 .....................................       
Granted .............................................................................       
Exercised ..........................................................................       
Cancelled/forfeited ...........................................................       
Outstanding as of April 30, 2019 .....................................       
Exercisable as of April 30, 2019 ......................................       

19,427      $ 
49,750      $ 
-      $ 
(3,605 )    $ 
65,572      $ 
17,822      $ 

123.00        
8.20        
-        
392.80        
21.08        
55.60        

F-21 

     Weighted 
     Average 
     Remaining    
     Contractual   

Term 
(In Years)    
7.4   

8.9   
7.1   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
As of April 30, 2019, the total intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable options was approximately zero. As 
of April 30, 2019, approximately 42,343  additional options were unvested, which options had no intrinsic value and a 
weighted-average remaining contractual term of 9.6 years. There was approximately $0.2 million and $0.2 million of total 
recognized compensation cost related to employees for stock options during the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively. As of April 30, 2019, there was approximately $0.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related 
to non-vested stock options granted under the plans. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period 
of 0.6 years. The Company typically issues newly authorized but unissued shares to satisfy option exercises under these 
plans. 

(b) Restricted Stock 

Compensation expense for non- vested restricted stock is generally recorded based on its market value on the date 
of grant and  recognized ratably over  the  associated service and performance period. During  fiscal 2019,  the  Company 
granted  943  shares  subject  to  service-based  vesting  requirements  and  no  shares  subject  to  performance-based  vesting 
requirements. 

A summary of unvested restricted stock under the plans described above is as follows: 

     Weighted 

Average Price 
per 
Share 

   Number 
of Shares 

Issued and unvested at April 30, 2018 .............       
Granted ............................................................       
Vested ..............................................................       
Cancelled/forfeited ..........................................       
Issued and unvested at April 30, 2019 .............       

9,854      $ 
943      $ 
(258 )    $ 
(6,033 )    $ 
4,506      $ 

27.00   
22.80   
64.40   
22.51   
30.08   

There was approximately $0.1 million and $0.1 million of total recognized compensation cost relating to restricted 
stock granted to employees during the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of April 30, 2019, there was 
$9,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock granted under the plans. This cost is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.3 years. 

(12) Fair Value Measurements 

The Company measures and reports certain financial and non-financial assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. 
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market  participants  at  the  measurement  date  (exit  price).  GAAP  specifies  a  three-level  hierarchy  that  is  used  when 
measuring and disclosing fair value. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices available in active 
markets  (i.e.,  observable  inputs)  and  the  lowest  priority  to  data  lacking  transparency  (i.e.,  unobservable  inputs).  An 
instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation. 
The following is a description of the three hierarchy levels. 

Level 1  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted 
assets or liabilities. Active markets are considered to be those in which transactions for the assets or liabilities 
occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. 

Level 2  Quoted  prices  in  markets  that  are  not  active,  or  inputs  which  are  observable,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  for 
substantially  the  full  term  of  the  asset  or  liability.  This  category  includes  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or 
liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets. 

Level 3  Unobservable  inputs  are  not  corroborated  by  market  data.  This  category  is  comprised  of  financial  and  non-
financial  assets  and  liabilities  whose  fair  value  is  estimated  based  on  internally  developed  models  or 
methodologies using significant inputs that are generally less readily observable from objective sources. 

Transfers into or out of any hierarchy level are recognized at the end of the reporting period in which the transfers 

occurred. There were no transfers between any levels during the year ended April 30, 2019 and 2018. 

The following information is provided to help readers gain an understanding of the relationship between amounts 
reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the related market or fair value. The disclosures include 
financial instruments and derivative financial instruments, other than investment in affiliates. 

F-22 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
     
       
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies used to measure material assets and liabilities at fair 

value and details of the valuation models, key inputs to those models and significant assumptions utilized. 

Warrant Liabilities 

The  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  warrant  liabilities  (refer  to  Note  7)  recorded  in  the  Company’s  financial 
statements is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the quoted price of the Company’s common 
stock in an active market, volatility and expected life, is a Level 3 measurement. Volatility is based on the actual market 
activity of the Company’s stock. The expected life is based on the remaining contractual term of the warrants and the risk-
free  interest  rate  is  based  on  the  implied  yield  available  on  U.S.  Treasury  Securities  with  a  maturity  equivalent  to  the 
warrants’ expected life. 

The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of April 

30, 2019: 

Total Carrying 
Value in 
Consolidated 
Balance Sheet      

Quoted prices in 
active markets 
for identical 
assets or 
liabilities  
(Level 1) 

Significant  
other  
observable 
inputs  
(Level 2) 

(in thousands) 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 
(Level 3) 

Warrant liabilities ................................    $ 

6    $ 

-    $ 

-    $ 

6   

The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of April 

30, 2018: 

Total Carrying 
Value in 
Consolidated 
Balance Sheet 

Quoted prices in 
active markets 
for identical 
assets or 
liabilities  
(Level 1) 

Significant  
other 
observable 
inputs  
(Level 2) 

(in thousands) 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 
(Level 3) 

Warrant liabilities ................................    $ 

201    $ 

-    $ 

-    $ 

201   

The following table provides a summary of changes in the fair value of the warrant liabilities during the year 

ended April 30, 2019; 

Fair Value Measurement Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) 

Total 
Warrant 
Liability 
      (in thousands)    

Fair value – April 30, 2017 ...........................................................    $ 
Issuance ........................................................................................      
Transfers .......................................................................................      
Change in fair value ......................................................................      
Fair value – April 30, 2018 ...........................................................    $ 

Change in fair value ......................................................................      
Fair value – April 30, 2019 ...........................................................    $ 

323   
-   
-   
(122 ) 
201   

(195 ) 
6   

F-23 

 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
                        
                 
             
             
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
                        
                 
             
             
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
  
     
    
 
 
 
(13) Income Taxes- 

Loss before income taxes for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following components: 

   April 30, 2019       April 30, 2018    
(in thousands) 

Domestic ...........................................................................................    $ 
Foreign ..............................................................................................      
Total loss before income taxes ......................................................    $ 

(12,860 )   $ 
(236 )     
(13,096 )   $ 

(11,004 ) 
(272 ) 
(11,276 ) 

The income tax benefit for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 consist of state income tax benefits of $0.9 
million and $1.1 million, respectively, from the sale of New Jersey net operating losses and research and development 
credits. 

Tax Rate Reconciliation 

The effective income tax rate differed from the percentages computed by applying the US federal income tax rate 

for the periods ended April 30, 2019 and 2018 to loss before income taxes as a result of the following: 

   April 30, 2019        April 30, 2018    

Computed expected tax (benefit) ......................................................      
Increase(reduction) in income taxes resulting from: 

State income taxes, net of federal (benefit) ...................................      
Federal research and development tax credits ...............................      
Foreign rate differential .................................................................      
Other non-deductible expenses .....................................................      
Proceeds of sale of New Jersey tax (benefits) ...............................      
U.S. tax reform effects ..................................................................      
Other .............................................................................................      
Increase in valuation allowance ....................................................      
Income tax (benefit) ......................................................................      

-21.0 %     

-29.7 % 

0.8 %     
-1.5 %     
0.2 %     
0.1 %     
-6.5 %     
0.0 %     
0.6 %     
20.8 %     
-6.5 %     

3.0 % 
-1.5 % 
0.3 % 
0.4 % 
-9.9 % 
162.2 % 
5.1 % 
-139.4 % 
-9.5 % 

Significant Components of Deferred Taxes 

The tax effects of temporary differences and carry forwards that give rise to the Company’s deferred tax assets 

and deferred tax liabilities are presented below. 

   April 30, 2019       April 30, 2018    
(in thousands) 

Deferred tax assets: 

Federal net operating loss carryforwards ......................................    $ 
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards ......................................      
State operating loss carryforwards ................................................      
Federal and New Jersey research and development tax credits .....      
Stock compensation ......................................................................      
Unrealized foreign exchange loss .................................................      
Accrued expenses ..........................................................................      
Other .............................................................................................      
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance ......................      
Valuation allowance ......................................................................      
Net deferred tax assets ..................................................................    $ 

32,025     $ 
3,641       
1,653       
3,315       
486       
5       
145       
438       
41,708       
(41,708 )     
-     $ 

29,329   
3,852   
1,460   
3,143   
645   
12   
487   
330   
39,258   
(39,258 ) 
-   

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that 
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent 
upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences and carry forwards 
become deductible or are utilized. As of April 30, 2019 and 2018, based upon the level of historical taxable losses, valuation 
allowances of $41.7 million and $39.3 million, respectively, were recorded to fully offset deferred tax assets. The valuation 
allowance increased $2.5 million during the year ended April 30, 2019 and decreased $15.4 million during the year ended 
2018 respectively. 

F-24 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
    
         
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
      
  
    
        
    
 
 
As  of April  30,  2019,  the  Company had net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of 
approximately  $152.5  million,  which  begin  to  expire  in  fiscal  2019.  The  Company  also  had  federal  research  and 
development tax credit carry forwards of approximately $3.2 million as of April 30, 2019, which begins to expire in 2019. 
The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions that limit the utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards 
if  there  has  been  an  ownership  change,  as  defined.  The  Company  has  determined  that  such  an  ownership  change,  as 
described in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, occurred in conjunction with the Company’s U.S. initial public 
offering  in  April  2007.  The  Company’s  annual  Section  382  limitation  is  approximately  $3.3  million.  The  Section  382 
limitation is cumulative from year to year, and thus, to the extent net operating loss or other credit carry forwards are not 
utilized up to the amount of the available annual limitation, the limitation is carried forward and added to the following 
year’s available limitation. Such limitation only applies to net operating losses incurred in periods prior to the ownership 
change. The Company has not performed additional analysis on ownership changes that may have occurred subsequently 
to further limit the ability to utilize net tax attributes. As of April 30, 2019, the Company had state net operating loss carry 
forwards of approximately $23.3 million which begin to expire in 2037, which also may be limited to utilization limitations. 
As of April 30, 2019, the Company had foreign net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $16.9 million. The 
ability to utilize these carry forwards may also be limited in the event of a significant change to ownership. 

New Jersey Net Operating Loss 

During the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company sold New Jersey State net operating losses and 
research and development credits in the amount of $9.1 million and $11.5 million, respectively, resulting in the recognition 
of income tax benefits of $0.9 million and $1.1 million, respectively, recorded in the Company’s Statement of Operations. 

Uncertain Tax Positions 

The Company applies the guidance issued by the FASB for the accounting and reporting of uncertain tax positions. 
The guidance requires the Company to recognize in its consolidated financial statements the impact of a tax position if that 
position  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  examination,  based  on  the  technical  merits  of  the  position.  The 
Company is currently undergoing an income tax audit in Spain for the period from 2008 to 2014, when the Company’s 
Spanish  branch  was  closed  (see  Note  15  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements)  .  At  April  30,  2019  and  2018,  the 
Company had no other unrecognized tax positions. The Company does not expect any material increase or decrease in its 
income tax expense in the next twelve months, related to examinations or uncertain tax positions. U.S. federal and state 
income  tax  returns  were  audited  through  fiscal  2014  and  fiscal  2010  respectively.  Net  operating  loss  and  credit  carry 
forwards since inception remain open to examination by taxing authorities and will continue to remain open for a period 
of time after utilization. 

The Company does not have any interest or penalties accrued related to uncertain tax positions as it does not have 

any unrecognized tax benefits. 

(14) Commitments and Contingencies 

(a) Operating Lease Commitments 

The Company leases office, laboratory, manufacturing and other space in Monroe Township, New Jersey under 
an  operating  lease  that  expires  on  October  31,  2024.  The  lease  commencement  date  is  November  1,  2017,  with  lease 
payments  beginning  the  same  month.  The  lease  expiration date  is  seven years  from  the  rent  commencement  date.  The 
Company provided a cash security deposit of approximately $154,000. The Lease contains a tenant improvement allowance 
of up to $138,000 and annual escalations, as such, the Company accounts for rent expense on a straight-line basis. Rent 
expense under operating leases was approximately $0.5 million and $0.4 million for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 
2018, respectively. 

Future minimum lease payments under operating leases as of April 30, 2019 are as follows: 

   April 30, 2019 
     (in thousands) 

2020 .........................................................................      
2021 .........................................................................      
2022 .........................................................................      
2023 .........................................................................      
2024 .........................................................................      
Thereafter .................................................................      
  $ 

322  
331  
341  
352  
362  
184  
1,892  

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
   
  
 
 
Shareholder Litigation 

The  Company  and  certain  of  its  current  and  former  directors  and  officers  were  identified  as  defendants  in  a 
derivative lawsuit filed on March 18, 2015 in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey captioned 
Labare v. Dunleavy, et. al., Case No. 3:15-cv-01980-FLW-LHG. The derivative complaint alleged claims for breach of 
fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement and unjust enrichment relating to the now terminated agreement 
between  Victorian  Wave  Partners  Pty.  Ltd.  (VWP)  and  the  Australian  Renewable  Energy  Agency  (ARENA)  for  the 
development of a wave power station. The derivative complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and other relief. 

On July 10, 2015, a second derivative lawsuit, captioned Rywolt v. Dunleavy, et al., Case No. 3:15-cv-05469, was 
filed by another shareholder against the same defendants in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey 
alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty, gross mismanagement, abuse of control, and unjust enrichment relating 
to  the  now  terminated  agreement  between  VWP  and  ARENA.  The  Rywolt  complaint  also  seeks  unspecified  monetary 
damages and other relief. 

On April 21, 2016, a third derivative lawsuit, captioned LaCalamito v. Dunleavy, et al., Case No. 3:16-cv-02249, 
was filed by another shareholder against certain current and former directors and officers of the Company in the United 
States District Court for the District of New Jersey alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty relating to the now 
terminated agreement between VWP and ARENA. The LaCalamito complaint sought unspecified monetary damages and 
other relief. 

On June 9, 2016, a fourth derivative lawsuit, captioned Pucillo v. Dunleavy, et al., was filed by another shareholder 
against certain current and former directors and officers of the Company in the United States District Court for the District 
of New Jersey alleging similar claims for breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and abuse of control relating to the 
now terminated agreement between VWP and ARENA. The Pucillo complaint seeks unspecified monetary damages and 
other relief. 

On  October  25,  2016,  the  Court  approved  and  entered  a  Stipulation  and  Order  that,  among  other  things,  (i) 
consolidated the LaBare, Rywolt, LaCalamito and Pucillo derivative actions; (ii) identified plaintiff Pucillo as the lead 
plaintiff in the consolidated actions; and (iii) stayed the consolidated actions pending the November 14, 2016 settlement 
hearing in the now-settled securities class action and further order of the Court. 

On  October  23,  2017,  the  parties  entered  into  a  Stipulation  and  Agreement  of  Settlement  to  resolve  the  four 
consolidated  derivative  lawsuits.  The  settlement  provided  for,  among  other  things,  the  Company  to  implement  certain 
corporate governance changes, a $350,000 payment to the plaintiffs’ attorneys for attorneys’ fees and costs that will be 
made by the Company’s insurance carrier, dismissal of the derivative lawsuits, and certain releases. On November 21, 
2017, the plaintiffs filed an unopposed motion seeking preliminary approval of the settlement, which the Court granted on 
March 9, 2018. On May14, 2018, the Court held a final settlement approval hearing at which the Court stated that it was 
approving the settlement. On June 13, 2018, the Court issued a Final Order and Judgment, approving the Stipulation and 
Agreement of Settlement. The Company had accrued $350,000 related to this matter as a probable and reasonably estimable 
loss contingency during the twelve months ended April 30, 2018. The Company also recorded a receivable of $350,000 
from its insurance carrier with the offset to the statement of operations. The Company’s insurance carrier made a payment 
of  $350,000  to  the  plaintiffs’  attorneys  on  May  3,  2018.  As  a  result,  the  consolidated  derivatives  lawsuits  are  now 
completely resolved, the releases are operative, and the matter is closed. 

Employment Arbitration 

On June 10, 2014, the Company announced that it had terminated Charles Dunleavy as its Chief Executive Officer 
and as an employee of the Company for cause, effective June 9, 2014, and that Mr. Dunleavy had also been removed from 
his position as Chairman of the Board of Directors. On June 17, 2014, Mr. Dunleavy wrote to the Company stating that he 
had retained counsel to represent him in connection with an alleged wrongful termination of his employment. On July 28, 
2014,  Mr.  Dunleavy  resigned  from  the  Board  and  the  boards  of  directors  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries.  In  2014,  the 
Company  and  Mr.  Dunleavy  entered  into  a  tolling  agreement  with  respect  to  his  alleged  employment  claims  pending 
resolution of a securities class action shareholder litigation. The securities class action was resolved in November 2017 
and the the derivatives litigation was resolved in June 2018. 

On August 28, 2018, counsel for Mr. Dunleavy filed a demand for arbitration, captioned Charles F. Dunleavy v. 
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Case No. 01-18-0003-2374, before the American Arbitration Association in New Jersey. 
The demand names Ocean Power Technologies, Inc. as the respondent and alleges various claims and seeks declaratory 
relief and permanent injunction. The demand seeks damages in the amount of $5 million for compensatory and punitive 
damages, plus interest and attorneys’ fees as well as certain equitable relief. On November 8, 2018, the Company through 
counsel responded to the demand for arbitration, denied all allegations, and asserted various affirmative defenses. On April 
5, 2019, a three-member arbitration panel scheduled the discovery process to run from April 12, 2019 until November 9, 
2019, set a pre-hearing case management conference for October 14, 2019, and set the hearing for December 9-13, 2019 
in Princeton, New Jersey. As of April 30, 2019, the Company has not accrued any provision related to this matter since it 
cannot reasonably estimate the loss contingency. 

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tide Runner Marine, Inc. Lawsuit 

On June 13, 2018, Tide Runner Marine, Inc. (“Tide Runner”) filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court 
for the District of New Jersey captioned Tide Runner Marine, Inc. v. Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Case No. 1:18-cv-
10496.  The  complaint  names  the  Company  as  defendant  and  alleges  claims  for  breach  of  contract,  unjust  enrichment, 
conversion,  and  fraud,  negligent  and/or  reckless  misrepresentation  all  as  associated  with  the  removal  of  a  Company 
mooring system off the coast of New Jersey that was completed in May 2017. The complaint seeks damages in the amount 
of $2,825,130 together with interest, costs, attorney’s fees, punitive damages and such other relief as may be appropriate 
under the circumstances. On July 27, 2018, the Company filed an answer denying the claims in the complaint, asserted 
various affirmative defenses, and asserted a counter-claim for damages in the amount of $15,000 for Tide Runner’s failure 
to pay the Company for certain portions of the mooring system that were recovered. On August 2, 2018, Tide Runner filed 
its  answer  to  and  denied  the  Company’s  counterclaim  and  asserted  various  affirmative  defenses.  During  the  initial 
scheduling conference held on September 13, 2018, the parties agreed to engage in mediation in an effort to resolve this 
matter and also agreed to include Tide Runner’s subcontractor, Wittich Bros. Marine Inc. (“Wittich”) in the mediation 
process. The parties participated in mediation on November 15, 2018 but were unable to reach an agreement. However, 
the parties agreed to continue the mediation process and on February 11, 2019 reached a settlement agreement. On February 
22, 2019, the parties executed a Settlement Agreement and Release (“Settlement”). Under the Settlement, the Company 
will pay to Wittich (i) $50,000 within 10 days after the final execution of the Settlement and (ii) another $150,000 on or 
before May 1, 2019. Subsequently, the parties filed a stipulation of dismissal of both Tide Runner’s complaint and the 
Company’s counterclaim with prejudice and without costs, and the Court granted the dismissal and terminated the case. 
The parties have also provided mutual releases for the matters in dispute in the litigation and will indemnify each other for 
future similar claims. As of April 30, 2019, the Company made the two required payments to Wittich. 

Nasdaq Compliance 

On August 9, 2018, the Company received written notification from Nasdaq indicating that the closing bid price 
of the Company’s common stock had been below $1.00 per share for a period of 30 consecutive trading days, and as a 
result,  the  Company  was  not  in  compliance  with  the  minimum  bid  price  requirement  for  continued  listing.  Under  the 
Nasdaq Listing Rules, the Company was provided with a grace period of 180 calendar days, or until February 5, 2019, in 
which to regain compliance with the minimum bid price rule. To regain compliance, the closing bid price of the Company’s 
common stock must meet or exceed $1.00 per share for a minimum of ten consecutive business days during the grace 
period.  If  the  Company  did  not  regain  compliance  before  February  5,  2019,  Nasdaq  stated  that  it  would  provide  the 
Company with written notice that its securities are subject to delisting. At that time, the Company could appeal Nasdaq’s 
determination to a Nasdaq Listing Qualifications Panel, which would stay any further delisting action by Nasdaq pending 
a final decision by the panel. Alternatively, the Company could have been eligible for an additional 180 calendar day grace 
period if it met the continued listing standards, with the exception of bid price, for the Nasdaq Capital Market, and if the 
Company stated its intent to affect a reverse split, if necessary, to cure such deficiency. 

On  February  11,  2019,  the  Company  received  another  written  notification  from  Nasdaq  indicating  that  the 
Company had not regained compliance with the minimum bid price requirement and that the Company’s stockholders’ 
equity, as reported in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2018, did not 
qualify  the  Company  for  an  additional  180  calendar  day  extension  period  for  compliance.  On  February  19,  2019,  the 
Company appealed Nasdaq’s determination to a Hearings Panel (the “Panel”), pursuant to the procedures set forth in the 
Nasdaq  Listing  Rule  5800  Series.  The  appeal  stayed  the  suspension  of  the  Company’s  securities  pending  the  Panel’s 
decision,  during  which  time  the  Company’s  common  stock  will  continue  to  be  listed  on  Nasdaq,  and  the  Company’s 
common stock will continue to trade under the symbol “OPTT”. 

On March 14, 2019, the Company received another written notification from Nasdaq indicating that the Company 
did not comply with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing. The earlier-filed appeal of the 
minimum bid price requirement was sufficient to encompass the minimum stockholder’s equity requirement, and the stay 
of suspension continued pending the Panel hearing and decision. 

The Panel held its hearing on March 28, 2019. On April 4, 2019, the Panel issued the following two decisions: (i) 
the Panel concluded that the Company was in compliance with the minimum bid price rule; and (ii) the Panel granted the 
Company’s request to cure its stockholder equity deficiency by conducting a public offering that was estimated to raise 
$10 million by no later than April 30, 2019. On April 24, 2019, the Company provided the Panel with an update following 
a public offering that raised approximately $15.7 million (after deducting underwriter fees, commissions and other offering 
expenses) and closed on April 8, 2019. The update included revised projections of stockholder equity based upon the actual 
amount  of  proceeds  raised  during  the  public  offering,  which  in  the  Company’s  opinion  was  sufficient  to  cure  the 
stockholder equity deficiency. 

On  May  20,  2019  the  Company  received  a  letter  from  Nasdaq  confirming  that  the  Company  has  regained 
compliance with the minimum shareholders’ equity rule, as required by the Panel’s decision dated April 4, 2019, and is in 
compliance with other applicable requirements as set forth in the decision and required for listing on Nasdaq. Accordingly, 
the Panel has determined to continue the listing of the Company’s securities on Nasdaq and closed the matter. 

F-27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINRA Review 

On April 4, 2019, FINRA notified the Company that it was conducting a routine review of the Company’s stock 
associated with two public announcements and asked several questions regarding: (i) an April 3, 2019 announcement that 
the Company had won a contract with a leading oil and gas operator; and (ii) an April 4, 2019 announcement of the pricing 
of an underwritten public offering. The Company provided its response to the FINRA questions on Tuesday, April 9, 2019. 
As of July 22, 2019, FINRA has not provided any follow-up. 

Spain Income Tax Audit 

The Company is currently undergoing an income tax audit in Spain for the period from 2008 to 2014, when our 
Spanish branch was closed. The branch reported net operating losses for each of the years reported that the Spanish tax 
inspector claims should have been capitalized on the balance sheet instead of charged as an expense in the Statement of 
Operations. As of April 30, 2017, the Company had recorded a penalty of $132,000 to Selling, general and administrative 
costs  in  the  Statement  of  Operations.  The  Spanish  tax  inspector  has  recently  closed  its  discussion  relating  to  the 
capitalization of expenses and as of April 30, 2018 the Company reversed the penalty. However, during the fiscal year 
ended  April  30,  2018  the  Spanish  tax  inspector  raised  questions  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  recognition  of  funds 
received in 2011 to 2014 from a governmental grant from the European Commission in connection with the Waveport 
project. It is anticipated that we will be assessed a penalty relating to these tax years. The Company has estimated this 
penalty to be $177,000 and as of April 30, 2019 and 2018 has recorded the penalty in Accrued expenses in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet. 

(15) Operating Segments and Geographic Information 

The  Company’s  business  consists  of  one  segment  as  this  represents  management’s  view  of  the  Company’s 
operations. The Company operates on a worldwide basis with one operating company in the US and operating subsidiaries 
in the UK and in Australia. Revenues and expenses are generally attributed to the operating unit that bills the customers. 
Geographic information is as follows: 

North 

   America 

Year Ended April 30, 2019 
     Asia and 
     Australia 

Europe 

(in thousands) 

Total 

Revenues from external customers .............................     $ 
Operating loss .............................................................       
Long-lived assets ........................................................       
Total assets .................................................................       

632     $ 
(13,045)      
592       
18,028       

-      $ 
(204 )      
-        
49        

-     $ 
(22)      
-       
289       

632   
(13,271 ) 
592   
18,366   

North 

   America 

Year Ended April 30, 2018 
     Asia and 
     Australia 

Europe 

(in thousands) 

Total 

Revenues from external customers .............................     $ 
Operating loss .............................................................       
Long-lived assets ........................................................       
Total assets .................................................................       

511     $ 
(11,282)      
712       
13,762       

-      $ 
(243 )      
-        
22        

-     $ 
(35)      
-       
337       

511   
(11,560 ) 
712   
14,121   

(16) Adoption of Revenue Recognition Guidance 

The  Company  adopted  the  new  revenue  recognition  guidance  effective  May  1,  2018,  using  the  modified 
retrospective method. The primary impact of the new guidance was a change in the timing of revenue recognition on certain 
long-term  contracts.  The  new  guidance  does  not  change  the  total  sales  or  operating  income  on  the  related  customer 
contracts, only the timing of when sales and operating income are recognized. The Company uses the expected cost plus a 
margin approach and lease accounting literature for revenue recognition on customer contracts. The impact of the adoption 
for the twelve months ended April 30, 2019 was an increase of $118,000 to net loss. Further, as the Company’s adoption 
of the guidance decelerated the timing of revenue recognition on the Company’s contracts, the adoption resulted in an 
$118,000 increase in the Company’s remaining performance obligations, also referred to as backlog, as of April 30, 2019. 

F-28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
       
       
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
       
       
  
 
 
 
 
The following tables present how the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard affected certain line items 

in the Company’s condensed statement of operations for the twelve months ended April 30, 2019. 

Twelve months ended April 30, 2019 

As Reported 

     Amounts Excluding    
     Effect of Adoption      Effect of Adoption    

Revenues .........................................................     $ 
Operating loss .................................................       
Net loss ...........................................................     $ 
Basic and diluted net loss per share ................     $ 

Weighted average shares used to compute 
basic and diluted net loss per share .............       

632      $ 
(13,271 )      
(12,246 )    $ 
(9.52 )    $ 

(118 )    $ 
(118 )      
(118 )    $ 
(0.09 )    $ 

750   
(13,153 ) 
(12,128 ) 
(9.43 ) 

1,286,727        

1,286,727        

1,286,727   

The following tables present how the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard affected certain line items 

in the Company’s statement of comprehensive loss for the twelve months ended April 30, 2019. 

Twelve months ended April 30, 2019 

As Reported 

     Amounts Excluding    
     Effect of Adoption      Effect of Adoption    

Net loss ...........................................................     $ 
Foreign currency translation adjustment .........       
Total comprehensive loss ................................     $ 

(12,246 )    $ 
(11 )      
(12,257 )    $ 

(118 )    $ 
-        
(118 )    $ 

(12,128 ) 
(11 ) 
(12,139 ) 

The following tables present how the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard affected certain line items 

in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of April 30, 2019. 

ASSETS 
Contract assets ................................................     $ 
Total assets .................................................     $ 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ 
EQUITY 
Contract liability .............................................     $ 
Accumulated deficit ........................................       
Total stockholders’ equity ..........................     $ 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ....     $ 

As of April 30, 2019 

As Reported 

      Effect of Adoption       Effect of Adoption 

      Amounts Excluding    

15      $ 
18,366      $ 

(70 )    $ 
(70 )    $ 

85   
18,436   

188      $ 
(209,784 )      
15,775      $ 
18,366      $ 

48      $ 
(118 )      
(70 )    $ 
(70 )    $ 

140   
(209,666 ) 
15,845   
18,436   

The following tables present how the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard affected certain line items 

in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows for the twelve months ended April 30, 2019. 

Twelve months ended April 30, 2019 

As Reported 

      Effect of Adoption       Effect of Adoption 

      Amounts Excluding    

Net loss ...........................................................     $ 
Contract assets ................................................       
Contract liability .............................................       
Net cash used in operating activities ...........     $ 
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and 
restricted cash .............................................     $ 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, 
end of period ...................................................     $ 

(12,246 )    $ 
(15 )      
188        
(12,140 )    $ 

4,934      $ 

17,159      $ 

F-29 

(118 )    $ 
70        
48        
-      $ 

-      $ 

-      $ 

(12,128 ) 
(85 ) 
140   
(12,140 ) 

4,934   

17,159   

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
         
         
    
     
         
         
    
  
     
         
         
    
     
         
         
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
 
  
  
  
  
     
         
         
    
 
This page left blank intentionally.

OCEAN POWER TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Directors

Executive Officers

Registrar

George H. Kirby III
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Matthew T. Shafer
Chief Financial Officer, Vice President  
of Finance and Treasurer  

John W. Lawrence
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
462 South 4th Street 
Suite 1600 
Louisville, KY 40202
US & Canada: 800-662-7232 
International: 781-575-4238
www.computershare.com

Terence J. Cryan
Independent Director and Chairman of  
Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Co-Founder, 
Concert Energy Partners, LLC 

Dean J. Glover 
Independent Director and Vice Chairman  
of Ocean Power Technologies, Inc., Chief 
Executive Officer of Teckniks Tool Group

George H. Kirby III
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Steven M. Fludder
Independent Director, Chief Executive Officer 
of NEC Energy Solutions

Kristine S. Moore
Independent Director, former Royal Dutch 
Shell Executive

Robert K. Winters
Independent Director, Senior Managing  
Director of Alpha IR Group

Independent Registered  
Public Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP
1601 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103-2499
USA

Legal Advisor

Porter Hedges LLP 
1000 Main Street, 36th Floor 
Houston, TX 77002

Bankers

Santander Bank 
3 Terry Drive 
Newtown, PA 18974 
USA 

Barclays Bank Plc 
1 Churchill Place 
London E14 5HP 
UK

Share Price Information

The Company’s share price is quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol OPTT. Go to www.nasdaq.com to access the 
Company’s share price information. In addition, the share price and other publicly released information are available at OPT’s website 
under the Investor Relations tab. 

Contact Us 

Ocean Power Technologies, Inc.
28 Engelhard Drive 
Suite B
Monroe Township, NJ 08831
USA

Website Address: www.oceanpowertechnologies.com

 
 
 
OPT Projects Around the World

Adriatic Sea
Fall 2018 
Deployment

North Sea
Summer 2019  
Deployment

Sea of Japan 
Spring 2017 
Deployment

Gulf of Mexico
Summer 2019
Feasibility Study

South Pacific Ocean
Spring 2020 
Deployment

Target Applications

Subsea  
Power
•  Sea floor equipment and  

system operation

Surveillance and 
Monitoring
•  Sea floor equipment and  

system monitoring

•  Unmanned underwater  

•  Topside and subsea threat 

vehicle charging

surveillance

•  Reduce need for power and 
communications umbilicals

•  Traffic monitoring and  

collision avoidance

•  Enhance subsea battery 

•  Environmental monitoring

systems with charging and 
communications platform

•  Unmanned station  

replaces manned vessels

Offshore  
Connectivity
•  Persistent power and 
unmanned platform  
for 4G, Wi-Fi, and satcom

•  Real-time data processing, 
storage and communication

•  Amplifies and extends 
connectivity where 
infrastructure does not  
yet exist